diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode')
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/commands.docbook | 1771 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/credits.docbook | 83 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/faq.docbook | 357 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/gloss.docbook | 508 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/index.docbook | 162 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/install.docbook | 61 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/introduction.docbook | 60 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/journey.docbook | 536 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/more.docbook | 282 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-firststart.docbook | 3238 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-morefeatures.docbook | 1525 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-subscribing.docbook | 2807 |
12 files changed, 2904 insertions, 8486 deletions
diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/commands.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/commands.docbook index 2f65ccf5c7f..8a4aba35cc9 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/commands.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/commands.docbook @@ -1,120 +1,65 @@ <!-- <?xml version="1.0" ?> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd" -> --> +<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd"> --> <chapter id="commands"> -<title ->Command reference</title> +<title>Command reference</title> -<para ->The following keybindings assume you did not change the default settings.</para> +<para>The following keybindings assume you did not change the default settings.</para> <sect1 id="knode-mainwindow"> -<title ->The main &knode; window</title> +<title>The main &knode; window</title> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->File</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -> <keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->S</keycap -></keycombo -> </shortcut -> <guimenu ->File</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Save</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut> <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Saves the selected article in a file.</action> +<action>Saves the selected article in a file.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -> <keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->P</keycap -> </keycombo -> </shortcut -> <guimenu ->File</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Print</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut> <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>P</keycap> </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Prints the selected article.</action> +<action>Prints the selected article.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu -> File</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Send pending messages</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu> File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Send pending messages</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->The messages in the Outbox folder are sent.</action> +<action>The messages in the Outbox folder are sent.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu -> File</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Stop Network</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu> File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Stop Network</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Disconnects the current connection to a newsserver.</action> +<action>Disconnects the current connection to a newsserver.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -> <keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->Q</keycap -></keycombo -> </shortcut -> <guimenu ->File</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Quit</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut> <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Quits &knode;.</action> +<action>Quits &knode;.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -123,89 +68,46 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -> <keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->C</keycap -> </keycombo -> </shortcut -> <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Copy</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut> <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap> </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Copy the selected text to the clipboard.</action> +<action>Copy the selected text to the clipboard.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->A</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Select all</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Select all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Selects the whole article.</action> +<action>Selects the whole article.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -> <keycap ->F4</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Search articles</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut> <keycap>F4</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search articles</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens the Search Dialogue Box for searching in the active group.</action> +<action>Opens the Search Dialogue Box for searching in the active group.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Fetch article with ID...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fetch article with ID...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Enables the download of an article with a specified article-ID.</action> +<action>Enables the download of an article with a specified article-ID.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -214,211 +116,120 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->View</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Show Threads</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Threads</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para ->When this is activated, &knode; shows discussions as a tree view in the article view.</para> +<para>When this is activated, &knode; shows discussions as a tree view in the article view.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Expand all threads</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Expand all threads</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para ->When this is activated, &knode; shows the complete threads; this is only functional when <guilabel ->Show threads</guilabel -> is active.</para> +<para>When this is activated, &knode; shows the complete threads; this is only functional when <guilabel>Show threads</guilabel> is active.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Collapse all threads</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Collapse all threads</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para ->When this is activated, &knode; shows no threads; this is only functional when <guilabel ->Show threads</guilabel -> is active.</para> +<para>When this is activated, &knode; shows no threads; this is only functional when <guilabel>Show threads</guilabel> is active.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->T</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Toggle Subthread</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>T</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toggle Subthread</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Toggles between showing and collapsing the selected thread.</action> +<action>Toggles between showing and collapsing the selected thread.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Filter</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Filter</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Allows you to choose a filter for the article view.</action> +<action>Allows you to choose a filter for the article view.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Sort</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sort</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Allows you to sort the article view.</action> +<action>Allows you to sort the article view.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->F5</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Refresh list</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>F5</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Refresh list</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Refreshes the article view</action> +<action>Refreshes the article view</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Show all headers</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show all headers</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->When this setting is activated, &knode; shows the complete article header in the article window.</action> +<action>When this setting is activated, &knode; shows the complete article header in the article window.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Unscramble (ROT 13)</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unscramble (ROT 13)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->When this setting is activated, &knode; shows all characters of the complete article rotated by 13 characters.</action> +<action>When this setting is activated, &knode; shows all characters of the complete article rotated by 13 characters.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Verify PGP signature</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Verify PGP signature</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Checks the PGP signature in the article.</action> +<action>Checks the PGP signature in the article.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->X</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Use fixed font</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>X</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Use fixed font</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Activates the configured fixed-width font for the viewer.</action> +<action>Activates the configured fixed-width font for the viewer.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Charset</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Charset</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Here you can configure the charset which is used for the articles.</action> +<action>Here you can configure the charset which is used for the articles.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -427,135 +238,68 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Go</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->B</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Go</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Previous article</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>B</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Previous article</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Jumps to previous article in the article view.</action> +<action>Jumps to previous article in the article view.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->N</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Go</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Next article</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>N</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Next article</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Jumps to next article in the article view.</action> +<action>Jumps to next article in the article view.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Alt;<keycap ->Space</keycap -></keycombo -> </shortcut -> <guimenu ->Go</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Next unread article</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Alt;<keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Next unread article</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Jumps to the next unread article, and to the first unread article of the next newsgroup if necessary.</action> +<action>Jumps to the next unread article, and to the first unread article of the next newsgroup if necessary.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->Space</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Go</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Next unread thread</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Next unread thread</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Jumps to the next unread thread, and to the next unread thread in the next newsgroup if necessary.</action> +<action>Jumps to the next unread thread, and to the next unread thread in the next newsgroup if necessary.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->-</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Go</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Previous group</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>-</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Previous group</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Jumps to the previous news group in the folder view</action> +<action>Jumps to the previous news group in the folder view</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->+</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Go</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Next group</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>+</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Next group</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Jumps to the next newsgroup in the folder view</action> +<action>Jumps to the next newsgroup in the folder view</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -564,99 +308,58 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Account</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Account</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Account</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Get new articles in all groups</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Account</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Get new articles in all groups</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Connects with the active account and fetches any new messages.</action> +<action>Connects with the active account and fetches any new messages.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Account</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Subscribe to Newsgroups</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice -> -</term -> -<listitem -> -<para -> -<action ->Opens the Dialogue Box for subscribing to newsgroups for the active account.</action -> -</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Account</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Subscribe to Newsgroups</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>Opens the Dialogue Box for subscribing to newsgroups for the active account.</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Account</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Expire all groups</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Account</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Expire all groups</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Here you can expire all groups of an account manually.</action> +<action>Here you can expire all groups of an account manually.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Account</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Account Properties</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Account</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Account Properties</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens the properties dialogue for the active account.</action> +<action>Opens the properties dialogue for the active account.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Account</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Delete Account</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Account</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete Account</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Deletes the active account and all subscribed newsgroups therein.</action> +<action>Deletes the active account and all subscribed newsgroups therein.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -665,121 +368,76 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Group</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Group</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Group</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Get new articles</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Group</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Get new articles</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Connects with the active account and fetches any new messages.</action> +<action>Connects with the active account and fetches any new messages.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Group</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Expire group</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Group</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Expire group</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Checks if there are any old articles and, if so, deletes them.</action> +<action>Checks if there are any old articles and, if so, deletes them.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Group</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Reorganise group</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Group</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Reorganise group</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Rebuilds the article view by using the configured sortings.</action> +<action>Rebuilds the article view by using the configured sortings.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Group</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Mark all as read</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Group</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mark all as read</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Sets the status of all articles in the active newsgroup to read.</action> +<action>Sets the status of all articles in the active newsgroup to read.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Group</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Mark all as unread</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Group</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mark all as unread</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Sets the status of all articles in the active newsgroup to unread.</action> +<action>Sets the status of all articles in the active newsgroup to unread.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Group</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Group Properties</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Group</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Group Properties</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens the dialogue for the group properties.</action> +<action>Opens the dialogue for the group properties.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Group</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Unsubscribe</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Group</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unsubscribe</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Unsubscribes from the active newsgroup</action> +<action>Unsubscribes from the active newsgroup</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -789,162 +447,96 @@ <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Folder</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->New Folder</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Folder</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Creates a new main folder.</action> +<action>Creates a new main folder.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->New Subfolder</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Folder</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Subfolder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Creates a new subfolder.</action> +<action>Creates a new subfolder.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Rename Folder</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Folder</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Rename Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Here you can rename the active folder.</action> +<action>Here you can rename the active folder.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Import MBox Folder</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Folder</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Import MBox Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->With this function it is possible to import an MBox folder into the active folder.</action> +<action>With this function it is possible to import an MBox folder into the active folder.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Export as MBox Folder</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Folder</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Export as MBox Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->With this function you can export the active folder as an MBox folder.</action> +<action>With this function you can export the active folder as an MBox folder.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Compact Folder</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Folder</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Compact Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Removes all deleted articles from the active folder.</action> +<action>Removes all deleted articles from the active folder.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Compact All Folders</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> -</term -> -<listitem -> -<para -> -<action ->Removes all deleted articles from the every folder.</action -> -</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Empty Folder</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Folder</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Compact All Folders</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>Removes all deleted articles from the every folder.</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Folder</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Empty Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Deletes all articles from the active folder.</action> +<action>Deletes all articles from the active folder.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Delete Folder</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Folder</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Deletes the active folder.</action> +<action>Deletes the active folder.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -953,310 +545,143 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Article</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->P</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Post To Newsgroup</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>P</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Post To Newsgroup</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens the Composer, with the settings for writing new articles set to those of the active newsgroup.</action> +<action>Opens the Composer, with the settings for writing new articles set to those of the active newsgroup.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->R</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Followup To Newsgroup</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>R</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Followup To Newsgroup</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens the Composer for writing a followup, with the content of the active article.</action> +<action>Opens the Composer for writing a followup, with the content of the active article.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->A</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Reply by Email</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>A</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Reply by Email</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens the Composer for writing an e-mail to the author of the active article.</action> +<action>Opens the Composer for writing an e-mail to the author of the active article.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->F</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Forward by Email</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>F</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Forward by Email</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens the Composer for forwarding the active article as e-mail.</action> +<action>Opens the Composer for forwarding the active article as e-mail.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->D</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guisubmenu ->Mark as Read</guisubmenu -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>D</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Mark as Read</guisubmenu> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para ->Set the status of the active article to<quote -> read</quote -> </para> +<para>Set the status of the active article to<quote> read</quote> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->U</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guisubmenu ->Mark as Unread</guisubmenu -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>U</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Mark as Unread</guisubmenu> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para ->Set the status of the active article to<quote -> unread</quote -> </para> +<para>Set the status of the active article to<quote> unread</quote> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->D</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guisubmenu ->Mark Thread as Read</guisubmenu -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Mark Thread as Read</guisubmenu> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para ->Set the status of the active thread to<quote -> read</quote -> </para> +<para>Set the status of the active thread to<quote> read</quote> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->U</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guisubmenu ->Mark Thread as Unread</guisubmenu -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>U</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Mark Thread as Unread</guisubmenu> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para ->Set the status of the active thread to<quote -> unread</quote -> </para> +<para>Set the status of the active thread to<quote> unread</quote> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Cancel Article</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cancel Article</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Generate a message which deletes the active Article in Usenet; you can only use this with your own articles.</action> +<action>Generate a message which deletes the active Article in Usenet; you can only use this with your own articles.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Supersede Article</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Supersede Article</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens the Composer with the content of the active article; when this article is posted it overwrites the original article. You can only use this with your own articles.</action> +<action>Opens the Composer with the content of the active article; when this article is posted it overwrites the original article. You can only use this with your own articles.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->O</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Open in own window</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>O</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open in own window</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->The active article is opened in a new window.</action> +<action>The active article is opened in a new window.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->View Source</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guimenuitem>View Source</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->The source code of the active article is opened in a new window.</action> +<action>The source code of the active article is opened in a new window.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->E</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Edit Article...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>E</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Edit Article...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para -><action -> Opens the Composer for editing the active article;</action -> you can only use this in the <guilabel -> Outbox</guilabel -> and <guilabel -> Drafts</guilabel -> folders.</para> +<para><action> Opens the Composer for editing the active article;</action> you can only use this in the <guilabel> Outbox</guilabel> and <guilabel> Drafts</guilabel> folders.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->Delete</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Delete Article</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>Delete</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete Article</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para -><action -> Deletes the active article.</action -> You can only use this in the <guilabel -> Outbox</guilabel -> and <guilabel -> Drafts</guilabel -> folders.</para> +<para><action> Deletes the active article.</action> You can only use this in the <guilabel> Outbox</guilabel> and <guilabel> Drafts</guilabel> folders.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Article</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Send now</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Article</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Send now</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para -><action -> Sends the active article.</action -> You can only use this in the <guilabel -> Outbox</guilabel -> and <guilabel -> Drafts</guilabel -> folders.</para> +<para><action> Sends the active article.</action> You can only use this in the <guilabel> Outbox</guilabel> and <guilabel> Drafts</guilabel> folders.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1264,149 +689,66 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Scoring</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->E</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Edit Scoring Rules...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> -</term> -<listitem> -<para> -<action ->The dialogue to edit the scoring rules will be opened.</action> -</para> -</listitem> -</varlistentry> -<varlistentry> -<term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Recalculate scores</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice -> -</term -> -<listitem -> -<para -> -<action ->The scores will be reset and recalculated.</action -> -</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->L</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Lower Score for Author...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> -</term> -<listitem> -<para> -<action ->Creates a rule for lowering the score of all articles posted by the author of the active article.</action> -</para> -</listitem> -</varlistentry> -<varlistentry> -<term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->I</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Raise Score for Author...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> -</term> -<listitem -> -<para -> -<action ->Creates a rule for raising the score of all articles posted by the author of the active article.</action -> -</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->W</keycap -></shortcut -><guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Watch Thread</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> -</term> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>E</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Scoring</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Edit Scoring Rules...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>The dialogue to edit the scoring rules will be opened.</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Scoring</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Recalculate scores</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>The scores will be reset and recalculated.</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Scoring</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lower Score for Author...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>Creates a rule for lowering the score of all articles posted by the author of the active article.</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>I</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Scoring</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Raise Score for Author...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>Creates a rule for raising the score of all articles posted by the author of the active article.</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>W</keycap></shortcut><guimenu>Scoring</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Watch Thread</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>Sets the score for this thread to the configured score of watched threads (standard = 100).</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>I</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Scoring</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ignore Thread</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Sets the score for this thread to the configured score of watched threads (standard = 100).</action> -</para> -</listitem> -</varlistentry> -<varlistentry> -<term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycap ->I</keycap -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Ignore Thread</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> -</term> -<listitem> -<para> -<action ->Sets the score for this thread to the configured score of ignored threads (standard = -100).</action> +<action>Sets the score for this thread to the configured score of ignored threads (standard = -100).</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1415,90 +757,57 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Show Toolbar</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Toolbar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->This option toggles whether the toolbar is shown or not.</action> +<action>This option toggles whether the toolbar is shown or not.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Show Statusbar</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Statusbar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->This option toggles whether the statusbar is shown or not.</action> +<action>This option toggles whether the statusbar is shown or not.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Show Group view</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Group view</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->This option toggles whether the group list is shown or not.</action> +<action>This option toggles whether the group list is shown or not.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Show Header view</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Header view</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->This option toggles whether the header view is shown or not.</action> +<action>This option toggles whether the header view is shown or not.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Show Article viewer</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Article viewer</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->This option toggles whether the article is shown or not.</action> +<action>This option toggles whether the article is shown or not.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1506,49 +815,31 @@ <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Configure Shortcuts...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens a dialogue for configuring the key bindings.</action> +<action>Opens a dialogue for configuring the key bindings.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Configure Toolbars...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Toolbars...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens a dialogue for configuring the toolbars.</action> +<action>Opens a dialogue for configuring the toolbars.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens a dialogue for configuring &knode;.</action> +<action>Opens a dialogue for configuring &knode;.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1557,121 +848,60 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Help</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu</title> &help.menu.documentation; </sect2> </sect1> <sect1 id="knode-editorwindow"> -<title ->The composer menus.</title> +<title>The composer menus.</title> -<sect2 -> -<title ->The <guimenu ->File</guimenu -> menu</title> +<sect2> +<title>The <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->Return</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->File</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Send Now</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Send Now</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Sends the current article immediately.</action> +<action>Sends the current article immediately.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Send Later</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice -> -</term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->Stores the current article in the <guilabel -> Outbox</guilabel -> to be sent later.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> +<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Send Later</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para>Stores the current article in the <guilabel> Outbox</guilabel> to be sent later.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> <varlistentry> -<term -> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Save as Draft</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<term> +<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as Draft</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para ->Saves the current article in the <guilabel -> Drafts</guilabel -> folder, so you can finish editing it another time.</para> +<para>Saves the current article in the <guilabel> Drafts</guilabel> folder, so you can finish editing it another time.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Delete</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Deletes the current article, closing the editor.</action> +<action>Deletes the current article, closing the editor.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->W</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->File</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Close</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>W</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Closes the editor window</action> +<action>Closes the editor window</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1680,284 +910,131 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->Z</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Undo</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> -</term -> -<listitem -> -<para -> -<action ->Undo the last edit.</action -> -</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->Shift</keycap -><keycap ->Z</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Redo</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> -</term> -<listitem> -<para ->Redo the last action undone with the <guimenuitem -> Undo</guimenuitem -> menu entry.</para> -</listitem> -</varlistentry> -<varlistentry> -<term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->X</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Cut</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> -</term> -<listitem> -<para> -<action ->Cuts the currently-selected text to the clipboard, deleting it from the editor window.</action> -</para> -</listitem> -</varlistentry> -<varlistentry> -<term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->C</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Copy</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>Undo the last edit.</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Redo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para>Redo the last action undone with the <guimenuitem> Undo</guimenuitem> menu entry.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>X</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>Cuts the currently-selected text to the clipboard, deleting it from the editor window.</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> -<listitem> -<para> -<action ->Copies the selected text to the clipboard.</action> -</para> -</listitem> -</varlistentry> -<varlistentry> -<term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->V</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Paste</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice -> -</term -> -<listitem -> -<para -> -<action ->Pastes the current contents of the clipboard into the editor window.</action -> -</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Paste as Quotation</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>Copies the selected text to the clipboard.</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>Pastes the current contents of the clipboard into the editor window.</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Paste as Quotation</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para -><action -> Pastes the current contents of the clipboard into the editor window with a quote character </action -> (<quote ->></quote ->) at the beginning of each line. </para> +<para><action> Pastes the current contents of the clipboard into the editor window with a quote character </action> (<quote>></quote>) at the beginning of each line. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Select All</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Select All</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Selects all the text in the editor window.</action> +<action>Selects all the text in the editor window.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->F</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Find</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> -</term> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens the Find dialogue.</action> +<action>Opens the Find dialogue.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->R</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Replace...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> -</term> -<listitem> -<para> -<action ->Opens the Replace dialogue.</action -> -</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -</variablelist -> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>R</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Replace...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</term> +<listitem> +<para> +<action>Opens the Replace dialogue.</action> +</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +</variablelist> -</sect2 -> +</sect2> -<sect2 -> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Attach</guimenu -> menu</title> +<sect2> +<title>The <guimenu>Attach</guimenu> menu</title> <para> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Attach</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Append Signature</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Attach</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Append Signature</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Inserts your signature at the end of the article you are editing.</action> +<action>Inserts your signature at the end of the article you are editing.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Attach</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Insert File...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Attach</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert File...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Inserts the contents of a file into the editor window.</action> +<action>Inserts the contents of a file into the editor window.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Attach</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Insert File (in a box)...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Attach</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Insert File (in a box)...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Inserts the contents of a file into the editor window and puts a box around of it.</action> +<action>Inserts the contents of a file into the editor window and puts a box around of it.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1965,17 +1042,11 @@ <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Attach</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Attach File...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Attach</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Attach File...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Inserts a file as an attachment.</action> +<action>Inserts a file as an attachment.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1984,73 +1055,46 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Options</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Options</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Options</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Send News-Article</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Options</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Send News-Article</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Toggles whether the message is to be sent as an article or not.</action> +<action>Toggles whether the message is to be sent as an article or not.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Options</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Send Email</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Options</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Send Email</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Toggles whether the message is to be sent as an email or not; if it's configured, an external editor will be activated.</action> +<action>Toggles whether the message is to be sent as an email or not; if it's configured, an external editor will be activated.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Options</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Set Charset</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Options</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Set Charset</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Here you can configure the charset used for this article; normally you use us-ascii for English-speaking areas.</action> +<action>Here you can configure the charset used for this article; normally you use us-ascii for English-speaking areas.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Options</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Word Wrap</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Options</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Word Wrap</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Toggles the word wrapping in the editor on or off.</action> +<action>Toggles the word wrapping in the editor on or off.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2059,159 +1103,94 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Add Quote Characters</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add Quote Characters</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> -<para ->Puts <quote ->></quote -> in front of the marked lines. </para> +<para>Puts <quote>></quote> in front of the marked lines. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Remove Quote Characters</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Remove Quote Characters</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Removes the quote characters at the beginning of the marked lines.</action> +<action>Removes the quote characters at the beginning of the marked lines.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Add Box</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add Box</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Puts the marked lines in an ASCII box.</action> +<action>Puts the marked lines in an ASCII box.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Remove Box</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Remove Box</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Removes the ASCII box around the marked area.</action> +<action>Removes the ASCII box around the marked area.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Sign Article with PGP</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sign Article with PGP</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Signs the article with PGP.</action> +<action>Signs the article with PGP.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Get Original Text (not rewrapped)</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Get Original Text (not rewrapped)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Rebuilds the original posting when answering to an article.</action> +<action>Rebuilds the original posting when answering to an article.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Scramble (Rot-13)</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Scramble (Rot-13)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Encrypts the marked text by rotating every character 13 characters of the alphabet.</action> +<action>Encrypts the marked text by rotating every character 13 characters of the alphabet.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Start External Editor</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Start External Editor</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Start the external editor (if one is configured) with the current contents of the editor window.</action> +<action>Start the external editor (if one is configured) with the current contents of the editor window.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><shortcut -><keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->Z</keycap -></keycombo -></shortcut -> <guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Spelling...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Spelling...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens a dialogue box to check your spelling.</action> +<action>Opens a dialogue box to check your spelling.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2220,89 +1199,56 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu</title> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Show Toolbar</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Toolbar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Toggles whether the toolbar should be shown or not.</action> +<action>Toggles whether the toolbar should be shown or not.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Show Statusbar</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Statusbar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Toggles whether the statusbar should be shown or not.</action> +<action>Toggles whether the statusbar should be shown or not.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Configure Shortcuts...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens a dialogue for configuring the key bindings.</action> +<action>Opens a dialogue for configuring the key bindings.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Configure Toolbars...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Toolbars...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Opens a dialogue for configuring the toolbars.</action> +<action>Opens a dialogue for configuring the toolbars.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term> -<menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -> <guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice> +<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> -<action ->Open the &knode; Preferences dialogue.</action> +<action>Open the &knode; Preferences dialogue.</action> </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2311,10 +1257,7 @@ </sect2> <sect2> -<title ->The <guimenu ->Help</guimenu -> menu</title> +<title>The <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu</title> &help.menu.documentation; </sect2> </sect1> diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/credits.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/credits.docbook index 9fb4a7b579b..03a5d158f74 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/credits.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/credits.docbook @@ -1,86 +1,43 @@ <chapter id="credits"> -<title ->Credits and Licence</title> +<title>Credits and Licence</title> -<para ->&knode;</para> +<para>&knode;</para> -<para ->Program Copyright 1999,2000,2001,2002 KNode developers</para> +<para>Program Copyright 1999,2000,2001,2002 KNode developers</para> -<itemizedlist -> -<title ->Developers</title> -<listitem -> -<para ->Christian Gebauer <email ->[email protected]</email -></para -> +<itemizedlist> +<title>Developers</title> +<listitem> +<para>Christian Gebauer <email>[email protected]</email></para> </listitem> -<listitem -> -<para ->Christian Thurner <email ->[email protected]</email -></para> -</listitem -> +<listitem> +<para>Christian Thurner <email>[email protected]</email></para> +</listitem> <listitem> -<para ->Dirk Mueller <email ->[email protected]</email -></para -> +<para>Dirk Mueller <email>[email protected]</email></para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para ->Mark Mutz <email ->[email protected]</email -></para -> +<para>Mark Mutz <email>[email protected]</email></para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para ->Roberto Teixeira <email ->[email protected]</email -></para -> +<para>Roberto Teixeira <email>[email protected]</email></para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para ->Mathias Waack <email ->[email protected]</email -></para> +<para>Mathias Waack <email>[email protected]</email></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> -<title ->Documentation</title> +<title>Documentation</title> <listitem> -<para ->Copyright 2000,2001 Stephan Johach<email ->[email protected]</email -></para> +<para>Copyright 2000,2001 Stephan Johach<email>[email protected]</email></para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para ->Copyright 2001,2002 Thomas Schütz <email -> [email protected]</email -></para> +<para>Copyright 2001,2002 Thomas Schütz <email> [email protected]</email></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> -<para ->Andrew Coles<email ->[email protected]</email -></para -> +<para>Andrew Coles<email>[email protected]</email></para> -<para ->Thanks go to the &knode; developers who answered all my stupid questions with patience. Then Thomas Diehl and Matthias Kiefer who always were competent contacts regards to translation. Many Thanks to Malcolm Hunter who checked this english translation. Not to forget Michael McBride, always there to help me out with documentation-related and general stuff, and everybody else in the &kde; Team who contributed to the creation of this document.</para> -&underFDL; &underGPL; </chapter -> +<para>Thanks go to the &knode; developers who answered all my stupid questions with patience. Then Thomas Diehl and Matthias Kiefer who always were competent contacts regards to translation. Many Thanks to Malcolm Hunter who checked this english translation. Not to forget Michael McBride, always there to help me out with documentation-related and general stuff, and everybody else in the &kde; Team who contributed to the creation of this document.</para> +&underFDL; &underGPL; </chapter> diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/faq.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/faq.docbook index 072bedafba0..76c8d45153c 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/faq.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/faq.docbook @@ -2,290 +2,131 @@ <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd"> --> <chapter id="faq"> -<title ->Questions and Answers</title> +<title>Questions and Answers</title> <qandaset> <qandaentry> <question> -<para ->I have installed &kde; 3, but &knode; does not exist in the <guimenu ->K</guimenu -> Menu.</para> - </question -> -<answer -> -<para ->Does the <guisubmenu ->Internet</guisubmenu ->entry exist? If not, maybe the tdenetwork package isn't installed (perhaps because your distribution possibly doesn't do this for you); if the entry is there, but you do not have a <guimenuitem ->KNode</guimenuitem -> item in it, you should try to open a &konsole; and run &knode; from there. Type</para> - -<screen -><prompt ->%</prompt -> <userinput -><command ->knode &</command -></userinput -> -</screen -> - -<para ->If an error message appears that tells you that &knode; could not be started or found please check whether the file <filename ->knode</filename -> exists in <filename class="directory" ->$<envar ->TDEDIR</envar ->/bin</filename -> and that its permissions are correctly set.</para> -</answer -> -</qandaentry -> - -<qandaentry -> -<question -> -<para ->When I start &knode;, a message appears in the task bar but suddenly disappears without &knode; being started.</para -> -</question -> +<para>I have installed &kde; 3, but &knode; does not exist in the <guimenu>K</guimenu> Menu.</para> + </question> +<answer> +<para>Does the <guisubmenu>Internet</guisubmenu>entry exist? If not, maybe the tdenetwork package isn't installed (perhaps because your distribution possibly doesn't do this for you); if the entry is there, but you do not have a <guimenuitem>KNode</guimenuitem> item in it, you should try to open a &konsole; and run &knode; from there. Type</para> + +<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput><command>knode &</command></userinput> +</screen> + +<para>If an error message appears that tells you that &knode; could not be started or found please check whether the file <filename>knode</filename> exists in <filename class="directory">$<envar>TDEDIR</envar>/bin</filename> and that its permissions are correctly set.</para> +</answer> +</qandaentry> + +<qandaentry> +<question> +<para>When I start &knode;, a message appears in the task bar but suddenly disappears without &knode; being started.</para> +</question> <answer> -<para ->Try to start &knode; from the &konsole; (see previous question) and keep attention for the messages displayed there: if they do not make sense to you mark them with your mouse and copy it to the clipboard; then, ask for help on one of the &kde; mailing lists or &kde; news groups.</para> -</answer -> -</qandaentry -> - -<qandaentry -> -<question -> -<para ->I need an important article, but &knode; doesn't have it any more; where can I find this article?</para> -</question -> -<answer -> -<para ->You can find some extensive usenet archives at <ulink url="http://groups.google.com/usenet/" ->groups.google.com</ulink -> or <ulink url="http://av.com" ->AltaVista</ulink ->; they even contain articles that are several years old.</para -> -</answer -> -</qandaentry -> - -<qandaentry -> -<question -> -<para ->How do I open and read several articles at the same time?</para -> -</question -> -<answer -> -<para ->Open the article with <guimenuitem ->Open in own window</guimenuitem ->.</para -> -</answer -> -</qandaentry -> - -<qandaentry -> -<question -> -<para ->My articles do not appear in the newsgroup.</para> -</question -> -<answer -> -<para ->When you publish an article it may be some time until your news server has it; wait several hours before you send the article again.</para -> -</answer -> -</qandaentry -> - -<qandaentry -> -<question -> -<para ->I want to keep an article; how do I archive it?</para -> -</question -> -<answer -> -<para ->Choose the article in the article view and then use <menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Save</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> to open a file dialogue; you can then save the article to a file. Another possibility is to copy the article to a folder.</para> -</answer -> -</qandaentry -> - -<qandaentry -> -<question -> -<para ->Some set headers do not appear for several articles in the article window; am I doing something wrong?</para -> -</question -> -<answer -> -<para ->This is not unusual because many headers are optional and often not contained in articles; in this case &knode; does not show those header lines.</para -> -</answer -> -</qandaentry -> - -<qandaentry -> -<question -> -<para ->Sometimes I see an article which refers to other articles but &knode; does not show any references; why is that?</para -> -</question -> -<answer -> -<para ->This happens when somebody posted an article in another news group and checked the option <guilabel ->Followup To</guilabel ->; the article in question is then sent to your news group, but the referring article is absent. In many cases the poster tells the reason for his choice to set a followup.</para> -</answer -> -</qandaentry -> - -<qandaentry -> -<question -> -<para ->When I want to answer an article an error message appears telling me that the external editor could not be started, but the editor is correctly set.</para> -</question -> -<answer -> -<para ->Have a look whether you entered the place-holder for a filename after the editor command; if not, enter it. If you want, for example, to use &kedit; enter <userinput -><command ->kedit</command -><token -> %f</token -></userinput -></para> -<para ->If the <token ->%f</token -> is absent, your editor cannot be run.</para> +<para>Try to start &knode; from the &konsole; (see previous question) and keep attention for the messages displayed there: if they do not make sense to you mark them with your mouse and copy it to the clipboard; then, ask for help on one of the &kde; mailing lists or &kde; news groups.</para> +</answer> +</qandaentry> + +<qandaentry> +<question> +<para>I need an important article, but &knode; doesn't have it any more; where can I find this article?</para> +</question> +<answer> +<para>You can find some extensive usenet archives at <ulink url="http://groups.google.com/usenet/">groups.google.com</ulink> or <ulink url="http://av.com">AltaVista</ulink>; they even contain articles that are several years old.</para> +</answer> +</qandaentry> + +<qandaentry> +<question> +<para>How do I open and read several articles at the same time?</para> +</question> +<answer> +<para>Open the article with <guimenuitem>Open in own window</guimenuitem>.</para> +</answer> +</qandaentry> + +<qandaentry> +<question> +<para>My articles do not appear in the newsgroup.</para> +</question> +<answer> +<para>When you publish an article it may be some time until your news server has it; wait several hours before you send the article again.</para> +</answer> +</qandaentry> + +<qandaentry> +<question> +<para>I want to keep an article; how do I archive it?</para> +</question> +<answer> +<para>Choose the article in the article view and then use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open a file dialogue; you can then save the article to a file. Another possibility is to copy the article to a folder.</para> +</answer> +</qandaentry> + +<qandaentry> +<question> +<para>Some set headers do not appear for several articles in the article window; am I doing something wrong?</para> +</question> +<answer> +<para>This is not unusual because many headers are optional and often not contained in articles; in this case &knode; does not show those header lines.</para> +</answer> +</qandaentry> + +<qandaentry> +<question> +<para>Sometimes I see an article which refers to other articles but &knode; does not show any references; why is that?</para> +</question> +<answer> +<para>This happens when somebody posted an article in another news group and checked the option <guilabel>Followup To</guilabel>; the article in question is then sent to your news group, but the referring article is absent. In many cases the poster tells the reason for his choice to set a followup.</para> +</answer> +</qandaentry> + +<qandaentry> +<question> +<para>When I want to answer an article an error message appears telling me that the external editor could not be started, but the editor is correctly set.</para> +</question> +<answer> +<para>Have a look whether you entered the place-holder for a filename after the editor command; if not, enter it. If you want, for example, to use &kedit; enter <userinput><command>kedit</command><token> %f</token></userinput></para> +<para>If the <token>%f</token> is absent, your editor cannot be run.</para> </answer> </qandaentry> -<qandaentry -> +<qandaentry> <question> -<para ->Why can I not receive data from my local news server?</para> -</question -> -<answer -> -<para ->If you use &knode; together with with a local news server, you must make sure that this server is correctly set up and started; for further details, please consult the documentation of your local news server.</para> -<tip -> -<para ->The availability of the local news server can easily be verified with the <command ->telnet</command -> program: open a console and type:</para -> +<para>Why can I not receive data from my local news server?</para> +</question> +<answer> +<para>If you use &knode; together with with a local news server, you must make sure that this server is correctly set up and started; for further details, please consult the documentation of your local news server.</para> +<tip> +<para>The availability of the local news server can easily be verified with the <command>telnet</command> program: open a console and type:</para> -<screen -><prompt ->%</prompt -> <userinput -><command ->telnet</command -> <parameter ->localhost nntp</parameter -></userinput -> +<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput><command>telnet</command> <parameter>localhost nntp</parameter></userinput> </screen> -<para ->Followed by that, the news server should respond with:</para> +<para>Followed by that, the news server should respond with:</para> -<screen -><computeroutput> +<screen><computeroutput> Trying 127.0.0.1... Connected to localhost. Escape character is '^]'. 200 Leafnode NNTP Daemon, version 1.9.16 running at konqi.org -</computeroutput -> +</computeroutput> </screen> -<para ->You can quit the <command ->telnet</command -> session with:</para> +<para>You can quit the <command>telnet</command> session with:</para> -<screen -><prompt ->%</prompt -> <userinput ->quit</userinput -> +<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>quit</userinput> </screen> -<para ->If that does not work there is either no local news server set up or the server was not started; in this case, please consult the documentation of your local news server.</para> +<para>If that does not work there is either no local news server set up or the server was not started; in this case, please consult the documentation of your local news server.</para> </tip> -<para ->If you are trying to connect to a news server on the Internet you need, of course, an open (dial-in) connection and to have set up &knode; to use your <acronym ->ISP</acronym ->'s news server; your <acronym ->ISP</acronym -> should be able to give you information about which news servers you can use.</para> +<para>If you are trying to connect to a news server on the Internet you need, of course, an open (dial-in) connection and to have set up &knode; to use your <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s news server; your <acronym>ISP</acronym> should be able to give you information about which news servers you can use.</para> </answer> </qandaentry> -</qandaset -> +</qandaset> -</chapter -> +</chapter> diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/gloss.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/gloss.docbook index 32628779b1f..ced5789ab35 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/gloss.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/gloss.docbook @@ -1,425 +1,205 @@ <glossary id="glossary"> -<title ->Glossary</title> +<title>Glossary</title> <glossdiv> -<title ->A</title -> -<glossentry id="gloss-article" -> -<glossterm ->Article</glossterm -> -<glossdef -> -<para ->An <glossterm ->article</glossterm -> in the sense of newspapers: special <glossterm ->articles</glossterm -> are, for example, followups; replies are not <glossterm ->articles</glossterm -> but Email.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> +<title>A</title> +<glossentry id="gloss-article"> +<glossterm>Article</glossterm> +<glossdef> +<para>An <glossterm>article</glossterm> in the sense of newspapers: special <glossterm>articles</glossterm> are, for example, followups; replies are not <glossterm>articles</glossterm> but Email.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> </glossdiv> -<glossdiv -> -<title ->C</title -> +<glossdiv> +<title>C</title> <glossentry id="gloss-cancel"> -<glossterm ->Cancelling</glossterm> +<glossterm>Cancelling</glossterm> <glossdef> -<para ->To delete one of your articles from the newsserver: the newsreader generates a special control message to tell the server to delete this article.</para> +<para>To delete one of your articles from the newsserver: the newsreader generates a special control message to tell the server to delete this article.</para> </glossdef> </glossentry> <glossentry id="gloss-crossposting"> -<glossterm ->Crossposting</glossterm -> +<glossterm>Crossposting</glossterm> <glossdef> -<para ->The posting of an article in several newsgroups; this is very often disliked, because it disturbs the topic-oriented association of the newsgroups.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> -</glossdiv -> - -<glossdiv -> -<title ->E</title> +<para>The posting of an article in several newsgroups; this is very often disliked, because it disturbs the topic-oriented association of the newsgroups.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> +</glossdiv> + +<glossdiv> +<title>E</title> <glossentry id="gloss-expire"> -<glossterm ->Expire</glossterm -> -<glossdef -> -<para -><glossterm ->Articles</glossterm -> can not be held for eternity because of harddisk limits. Because of this there is usually a program called <application ->expire</application -> on most computer systems; this program deletes all articles which are older than a configured number of days. &knode; includes this functionality on its own.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> -</glossdiv -> - -<glossdiv -> -<title ->F</title -> +<glossterm>Expire</glossterm> +<glossdef> +<para><glossterm>Articles</glossterm> can not be held for eternity because of harddisk limits. Because of this there is usually a program called <application>expire</application> on most computer systems; this program deletes all articles which are older than a configured number of days. &knode; includes this functionality on its own.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> +</glossdiv> + +<glossdiv> +<title>F</title> <glossentry id="gloss-faq"> -<glossterm -><acronym ->FAQ</acronym -></glossterm -> +<glossterm><acronym>FAQ</acronym></glossterm> <glossdef> -<para -><acronym ->FAQ</acronym -> is the acronym for <quote ->Frequently Asked Questions</quote ->.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> +<para><acronym>FAQ</acronym> is the acronym for <quote>Frequently Asked Questions</quote>.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> <glossentry id="gloss-follow-up"> -<glossterm ->Followup</glossterm> -<glossdef -> -<para ->An <glossterm ->article</glossterm -> which is written as an answer to another <glossterm ->article</glossterm ->.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> -</glossdiv -> - -<glossdiv -> -<title ->G</title -> +<glossterm>Followup</glossterm> +<glossdef> +<para>An <glossterm>article</glossterm> which is written as an answer to another <glossterm>article</glossterm>.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> +</glossdiv> + +<glossdiv> +<title>G</title> <glossentry id="gloss-gknsa"> -<glossterm -><acronym ->GNKSA</acronym -></glossterm> +<glossterm><acronym>GNKSA</acronym></glossterm> <glossdef> -<para -><acronym ->GNKSA</acronym -> is a kind of seal-of-approval for newsreaders; you can get more information at <ulink url="http://www.gnksa.org" ->http://www.gnksa.org</ulink ->.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> +<para><acronym>GNKSA</acronym> is a kind of seal-of-approval for newsreaders; you can get more information at <ulink url="http://www.gnksa.org">http://www.gnksa.org</ulink>.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> </glossdiv> -<glossdiv -> -<title ->H</title -> +<glossdiv> +<title>H</title> <glossentry id="gloss-header"> -<glossterm ->Header</glossterm> +<glossterm>Header</glossterm> <glossdef> -<para ->The Header of an <glossterm ->article</glossterm -> contains information about the sender, the subject, and the newsgroup of the article.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> -</glossdiv -> - -<glossdiv -> -<title ->K</title -> +<para>The Header of an <glossterm>article</glossterm> contains information about the sender, the subject, and the newsgroup of the article.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> +</glossdiv> + +<glossdiv> +<title>K</title> <glossentry id="gloss-killfile"> -<glossterm ->Killfile</glossterm -> -<glossdef -> -<para ->This is a functionality of a newsreader to hide <glossterm ->articles</glossterm -> of a determined sender or with certain contents.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> -</glossdiv -> - -<glossdiv -> -<title ->M</title -> +<glossterm>Killfile</glossterm> +<glossdef> +<para>This is a functionality of a newsreader to hide <glossterm>articles</glossterm> of a determined sender or with certain contents.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> +</glossdiv> + +<glossdiv> +<title>M</title> <glossentry id="gloss-message-id"> -<glossterm ->Message-ID</glossterm -> -<glossdef -> - -<para ->The <glossterm ->Message-ID</glossterm -> of an article is a clear mark for the newsserver to identify the article. A <glossterm ->Message-ID</glossterm -> should not be used twice in the whole usenet for about 2 years; wrong or double <glossterm ->Message-IDs</glossterm -> could cause problems when forwarding them and could overwrite other articles.</para> -</glossdef -> +<glossterm>Message-ID</glossterm> +<glossdef> + +<para>The <glossterm>Message-ID</glossterm> of an article is a clear mark for the newsserver to identify the article. A <glossterm>Message-ID</glossterm> should not be used twice in the whole usenet for about 2 years; wrong or double <glossterm>Message-IDs</glossterm> could cause problems when forwarding them and could overwrite other articles.</para> +</glossdef> </glossentry> -</glossdiv -> - -<glossdiv -> -<title ->N</title -> +</glossdiv> + +<glossdiv> +<title>N</title> <glossentry id="gloss-newbie"> -<glossterm ->Newbie</glossterm -> -<glossdef -> -<para ->Somebody who is new somewhere, in relationship to usenet: somebody who is new to the newsgroup, or new to usenet in general.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> +<glossterm>Newbie</glossterm> +<glossdef> +<para>Somebody who is new somewhere, in relationship to usenet: somebody who is new to the newsgroup, or new to usenet in general.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> <glossentry id="gloss-newsgroup"> -<glossterm ->Newsgroup</glossterm -> -<glossdef -> -<para ->A kind-of bulletin board in the usenet about a special topic or a group of topics. This is where you post your <glossterm ->articles</glossterm ->.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> - -<glossentry id="gloss-newsreader" -> -<glossterm ->Newsreader</glossterm -> -<glossdef -> -<para ->A program for reading and writing <glossterm ->news</glossterm ->.</para -> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> - -<glossentry id="gloss-nntp" -> <glossterm> -<acronym -><acronym ->NNTP</acronym -></acronym -> -</glossterm -> +<glossterm>Newsgroup</glossterm> +<glossdef> +<para>A kind-of bulletin board in the usenet about a special topic or a group of topics. This is where you post your <glossterm>articles</glossterm>.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> + +<glossentry id="gloss-newsreader"> +<glossterm>Newsreader</glossterm> +<glossdef> +<para>A program for reading and writing <glossterm>news</glossterm>.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> + +<glossentry id="gloss-nntp"> <glossterm> +<acronym><acronym>NNTP</acronym></acronym> +</glossterm> <glossdef> -<para ->Network News Transport Protocol; this is the protocol which defines how the articles in the usenet are spread.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> -</glossdiv -> - -<glossdiv -> -<title ->P</title -> +<para>Network News Transport Protocol; this is the protocol which defines how the articles in the usenet are spread.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> +</glossdiv> + +<glossdiv> +<title>P</title> <glossentry id="gloss-port"> -<glossterm ->Port</glossterm> -<glossdef -> -<para ->A kind-of address for the application to listen for data on and for connecting to another computer; the standard-port for the connection between the newsreader and the newsserver is 119.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> +<glossterm>Port</glossterm> +<glossdef> +<para>A kind-of address for the application to listen for data on and for connecting to another computer; the standard-port for the connection between the newsreader and the newsserver is 119.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> <glossentry id="gloss-pgp-signature"> -<glossterm ->PGP-Signature</glossterm -> +<glossterm>PGP-Signature</glossterm> <glossdef> -<para ->A digital signature; you can use it to determine whether the document has been changed since it was signed or if it is the original text from the author.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> +<para>A digital signature; you can use it to determine whether the document has been changed since it was signed or if it is the original text from the author.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> <glossentry id="gloss-posting"> -<glossterm ->Posting</glossterm -> -<glossdef -> -<para ->Either an <glossterm ->article</glossterm -> which is sent to usenet or the act of sending itself; you are <quote ->posting</quote -> an <glossterm ->article</glossterm -> into a newsgroup.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> -</glossdiv -> - -<glossdiv -> -<title ->Q</title -> +<glossterm>Posting</glossterm> +<glossdef> +<para>Either an <glossterm>article</glossterm> which is sent to usenet or the act of sending itself; you are <quote>posting</quote> an <glossterm>article</glossterm> into a newsgroup.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> +</glossdiv> + +<glossdiv> +<title>Q</title> <glossentry id="gloss-quoting"> -<glossterm ->Quoting</glossterm -> -<glossdef -> -<para ->This is the act of citing of an article to which you are answering: you quote the original <glossterm ->article</glossterm -> to make clear which passages of text your answer refers to.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> -</glossdiv -> - -<glossdiv -> -<title ->R</title -> +<glossterm>Quoting</glossterm> +<glossdef> +<para>This is the act of citing of an article to which you are answering: you quote the original <glossterm>article</glossterm> to make clear which passages of text your answer refers to.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> +</glossdiv> + +<glossdiv> +<title>R</title> <glossentry id="gloss-reply"> -<glossterm ->Reply</glossterm -> -<glossdef -> -<para ->A <glossterm ->reply</glossterm -> is an answer to the author of an article by e-mail.</para> -</glossdef -> -</glossentry -> -</glossdiv -> - -<glossdiv -> -<title ->S</title -> +<glossterm>Reply</glossterm> +<glossdef> +<para>A <glossterm>reply</glossterm> is an answer to the author of an article by e-mail.</para> +</glossdef> +</glossentry> +</glossdiv> + +<glossdiv> +<title>S</title> <glossentry id="gloss-scoring"> -<glossterm ->Scoring</glossterm> +<glossterm>Scoring</glossterm> <glossdef> -<para ->This is the valuation of an article or a thread.</para> +<para>This is the valuation of an article or a thread.</para> </glossdef> </glossentry> <glossentry id="gloss-signature"> -<glossterm ->Signature</glossterm> +<glossterm>Signature</glossterm> <glossdef> -<para ->A <glossterm ->signature</glossterm -> is a personal sign of the author which is attached at the end of the normal contents of the article; it is like a visiting card — very often there are e-mail addresses, a homepage <acronym ->URL</acronym -> or other personal data. The <glossterm ->signature</glossterm -> should not be longer than 4 lines. Note that the <glossterm ->signature</glossterm -> should not be mixed up with the <glossterm ->PGP-signature</glossterm ->.</para> +<para>A <glossterm>signature</glossterm> is a personal sign of the author which is attached at the end of the normal contents of the article; it is like a visiting card — very often there are e-mail addresses, a homepage <acronym>URL</acronym> or other personal data. The <glossterm>signature</glossterm> should not be longer than 4 lines. Note that the <glossterm>signature</glossterm> should not be mixed up with the <glossterm>PGP-signature</glossterm>.</para> </glossdef> </glossentry> <glossentry id="gloss-supersede"> -<glossterm ->Supersede</glossterm> +<glossterm>Supersede</glossterm> <glossdef> -<para ->This is the overwriting of an existing article: the newsreader generates a special article with a control message in the header which tells the newsserver to overwrite the existing article with this one.</para> +<para>This is the overwriting of an existing article: the newsreader generates a special article with a control message in the header which tells the newsserver to overwrite the existing article with this one.</para> </glossdef> </glossentry> diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/index.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/index.docbook index b633badab40..f0db65fc294 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/index.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/index.docbook @@ -1,8 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" ?> <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd" [ <!ENTITY kappname "&knode;"> - <!ENTITY package "tdepim" -> + <!ENTITY package "tdepim"> <!ENTITY introduction SYSTEM "introduction.docbook"> <!ENTITY commands SYSTEM "commands.docbook"> <!ENTITY faq SYSTEM "faq.docbook"> @@ -20,168 +19,68 @@ <!--TODO: PGP-Option for encoding? Exchange german links (find "(german" ) - Maybe complete the <accels -> of the menus + Maybe complete the <accels> of the menus After that set version to 0.7.1 --> <book lang="&language;"> <bookinfo> -<title ->The &knode; manual</title> +<title>The &knode; manual</title> <authorgroup> -<author -><firstname ->Stephan</firstname -><surname ->Johach</surname -> <affiliation -><address -><email ->[email protected]</email -></address> +<author><firstname>Stephan</firstname><surname>Johach</surname> <affiliation><address><email>[email protected]</email></address> </affiliation> </author> -<author -><firstname -> Thomas</firstname -> <surname ->Schûtz</surname -> <affiliation -> <address -> <email ->[email protected]</email -> </address> +<author><firstname> Thomas</firstname> <surname>Schûtz</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>[email protected]</email> </address> </affiliation> </author> -<othercredit role="developer" -><firstname -> Christian</firstname -> <surname -> Gebauer</surname -> <contrib ->Developer and maintainer</contrib> -<affiliation -> <address -> <email ->[email protected]</email -> </address -> </affiliation> +<othercredit role="developer"><firstname> Christian</firstname> <surname> Gebauer</surname> <contrib>Developer and maintainer</contrib> +<affiliation> <address> <email>[email protected]</email> </address> </affiliation> </othercredit> -<othercredit role="developer" -><firstname -> Christian</firstname -> <surname -> Thurner</surname -> <contrib ->Developer</contrib> -<affiliation -> <address -> <email ->[email protected]</email -> </address -> </affiliation> +<othercredit role="developer"><firstname> Christian</firstname> <surname> Thurner</surname> <contrib>Developer</contrib> +<affiliation> <address> <email>[email protected]</email> </address> </affiliation> </othercredit> -<othercredit role="developer" -><firstname -> Dirk</firstname -> <surname -> Mueller</surname -> <contrib ->Developer</contrib> -<affiliation -> <address -> <email ->[email protected]</email -> </address -> </affiliation> +<othercredit role="developer"><firstname> Dirk</firstname> <surname> Mueller</surname> <contrib>Developer</contrib> +<affiliation> <address> <email>[email protected]</email> </address> </affiliation> </othercredit> -<othercredit role="developer" -><firstname -> Mark</firstname -> <surname -> Mutz</surname -> <contrib ->Developer</contrib> -<affiliation -> <address -> <email ->[email protected]</email -> </address -> </affiliation> +<othercredit role="developer"><firstname> Mark</firstname> <surname> Mutz</surname> <contrib>Developer</contrib> +<affiliation> <address> <email>[email protected]</email> </address> </affiliation> </othercredit> -<othercredit role="developer" -><firstname -> Roberto</firstname -> <surname -> Teixeira</surname -> <contrib ->Developer</contrib> -<affiliation -> <address -> <email ->[email protected]</email -> </address -> </affiliation> +<othercredit role="developer"><firstname> Roberto</firstname> <surname> Teixeira</surname> <contrib>Developer</contrib> +<affiliation> <address> <email>[email protected]</email> </address> </affiliation> </othercredit> -<othercredit role="developer" -><firstname -> Mathias</firstname -> <surname -> Waack</surname -> <contrib ->Developer</contrib> -<affiliation -> <address -> <email ->[email protected]</email -> </address -> </affiliation> +<othercredit role="developer"><firstname> Mathias</firstname> <surname> Waack</surname> <contrib>Developer</contrib> +<affiliation> <address> <email>[email protected]</email> </address> </affiliation> </othercredit> </authorgroup> <copyright> -<year -> 2000</year -><year ->2001</year -><year ->2002</year> -<holder ->Stephan Johach</holder> -<holder ->Thomas Schütz</holder> +<year> 2000</year><year>2001</year><year>2002</year> +<holder>Stephan Johach</holder> +<holder>Thomas Schütz</holder> </copyright> -<date ->2002-04-13</date> -<releaseinfo ->0.07.00</releaseinfo> +<date>2002-04-13</date> +<releaseinfo>0.07.00</releaseinfo> <!-- Abstract about this handbook --> <abstract> -<para ->&knode; is an easy-to-use newsreader.</para> +<para>&knode; is an easy-to-use newsreader.</para> </abstract> <keywordset> -<keyword ->KDE</keyword> -<keyword ->KNode</keyword> -<keyword ->tdenetwork</keyword> -<keyword ->newsreader</keyword> +<keyword>KDE</keyword> +<keyword>KNode</keyword> +<keyword>tdenetwork</keyword> +<keyword>newsreader</keyword> </keywordset> </bookinfo> @@ -189,11 +88,8 @@ <!-- Using chapter is too big to put in one of it's own, so breaking down to sect1 level --> -<chapter id="using-knode" -> -<title ->Working with &knode;</title -> &using-firststart; &using-subscribing; &using-morefeatures; </chapter> +<chapter id="using-knode"> +<title>Working with &knode;</title> &using-firststart; &using-subscribing; &using-morefeatures; </chapter> &commands; diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/install.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/install.docbook index cf090ca7246..b8ffb1d4fb2 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/install.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/install.docbook @@ -1,59 +1,34 @@ -<appendix id="installation" -> -<title ->Installation</title -> - -<sect1 id="getting-knode" -> -<title ->Where do I get &knode;?</title -> &install.intro.documentation; </sect1 -> - -<sect1 id="requirements" -> -<title ->Requirements</title -> +<appendix id="installation"> +<title>Installation</title> + +<sect1 id="getting-knode"> +<title>Where do I get &knode;?</title> &install.intro.documentation; </sect1> + +<sect1 id="requirements"> +<title>Requirements</title> <anchor id="anc-requirements"/> -<para ->If you want to successfully install &knode;, you need &kde; 3.x; if, in addition, you want to use &knode; as an offline newsreader, you need a local news server, ⪚ <ulink url="http://www.leafnode.org" -><application ->leafnode</application -></ulink ->.</para> -</sect1 -> +<para>If you want to successfully install &knode;, you need &kde; 3.x; if, in addition, you want to use &knode; as an offline newsreader, you need a local news server, ⪚ <ulink url="http://www.leafnode.org"><application>leafnode</application></ulink>.</para> +</sect1> <sect1 id="compilation"> -<title ->Compile and install</title> +<title>Compile and install</title> -<para ->&knode; is part of the tdenetwork package of &kde; 3.x and is installed together with it, provided you have chosen to install the tdenetwork package; so, in general, there is no need for a user to compile the sources of &knode;.</para> +<para>&knode; is part of the tdenetwork package of &kde; 3.x and is installed together with it, provided you have chosen to install the tdenetwork package; so, in general, there is no need for a user to compile the sources of &knode;.</para> &install.compile.documentation; </sect1> <sect1 id="update-installation"> -<title ->Notes about updating an older version of &knode;</title> +<title>Notes about updating an older version of &knode;</title> -<para ->This section contains notes about what to take care of when installing a newer version of &knode; with an older version already installed.</para> +<para>This section contains notes about what to take care of when installing a newer version of &knode; with an older version already installed.</para> <sect2 id="update-file-changes"> -<title ->Changes in configuration files and folders</title> +<title>Changes in configuration files and folders</title> -<para ->Since version 0.2 the format of the configuration files and the saved articles has changed, so unfortunately, your old configuration files cannot be imported.</para> +<para>Since version 0.2 the format of the configuration files and the saved articles has changed, so unfortunately, your old configuration files cannot be imported.</para> -<para ->If you update from a version ->= 0.4 the local folders will automatically be converted into the new format; you will then be unable to use the data with an older version of &knode; any more.</para> +<para>If you update from a version >= 0.4 the local folders will automatically be converted into the new format; you will then be unable to use the data with an older version of &knode; any more.</para> </sect2> </sect1> -</appendix ->
\ No newline at end of file +</appendix>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/introduction.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/introduction.docbook index 5314b187e1d..36d662df074 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/introduction.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/introduction.docbook @@ -1,61 +1,31 @@ <!-- <?xml version="1.0" ?> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd" -> --> -<chapter id="introduction" -> -<title ->Introduction</title -> +<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd"> --> +<chapter id="introduction"> +<title>Introduction</title> <anchor id="anc-introduction"/> -<para ->&knode; is an easy-to-use, convenient newsreader; it is intended to allow even newbies to use a newsreader under &kde;, but it also offers advanced features appealing to experienced users. &knode; is a online-reader but could work together with a newsserver like <application ->leafnode</application -> as an offline-reader.</para> +<para>&knode; is an easy-to-use, convenient newsreader; it is intended to allow even newbies to use a newsreader under &kde;, but it also offers advanced features appealing to experienced users. &knode; is a online-reader but could work together with a newsserver like <application>leafnode</application> as an offline-reader.</para> -<para ->As of version 0.4 &knode; complies with all the requirements of the <glossterm ->GNKSA</glossterm ->.</para> +<para>As of version 0.4 &knode; complies with all the requirements of the <glossterm>GNKSA</glossterm>.</para> -<para ->If you have problems or questions about this program, please contact the mailing list for &kde; users (for subscription, see<ulink url="http://www.kde.org/contact.html" ->Homepage of the &kde; mailing lists</ulink -> ) or one of the &kde; newsgroups:</para> +<para>If you have problems or questions about this program, please contact the mailing list for &kde; users (for subscription, see<ulink url="http://www.kde.org/contact.html">Homepage of the &kde; mailing lists</ulink> ) or one of the &kde; newsgroups:</para> <simplelist> -<member ->comp.windows.x.kde</member> -<member ->de.comp.os.unix.apps.kde (german)</member> +<member>comp.windows.x.kde</member> +<member>de.comp.os.unix.apps.kde (german)</member> </simplelist> -<para ->If you have found a bug or have suggestions regarding the functionality of &knode; please report them via the <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Help</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Report bug...</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> menu.</para> - -<para ->Please make sure when asking questions in the newsgroups and mailing lists mentioned above that the question you are asking is not answered in this manual.</para> - -<para ->For those new to reading news and posting articles, the <link linkend="knode-journey" ->A journey through Usenet</link -> chapter is recommended; it is not so much about &knode; as how to move about in the Usenet with its help. In general, it is not sufficient to just master a news reader for writing news articles: imagine a car driver who masters his car perfectly but does not know about the traffic rules or signs; do you want to encounter such a driver when out in traffic? So please take your time to learn at least a little about the <quote ->traffic rules</quote -> of the Usenet; the other participants will thank you.</para> +<para>If you have found a bug or have suggestions regarding the functionality of &knode; please report them via the <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu><guimenuitem>Report bug...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu.</para> + +<para>Please make sure when asking questions in the newsgroups and mailing lists mentioned above that the question you are asking is not answered in this manual.</para> + +<para>For those new to reading news and posting articles, the <link linkend="knode-journey">A journey through Usenet</link> chapter is recommended; it is not so much about &knode; as how to move about in the Usenet with its help. In general, it is not sufficient to just master a news reader for writing news articles: imagine a car driver who masters his car perfectly but does not know about the traffic rules or signs; do you want to encounter such a driver when out in traffic? So please take your time to learn at least a little about the <quote>traffic rules</quote> of the Usenet; the other participants will thank you.</para> <tip> -<para ->&knode; supports you in many cases with hints and warnings: if you do not simply ignore them you will avoid many beginners' mistakes; but, do not exclusively depend on them either.</para> +<para>&knode; supports you in many cases with hints and warnings: if you do not simply ignore them you will avoid many beginners' mistakes; but, do not exclusively depend on them either.</para> </tip> -<para ->Please address suggestions and criticisms at the author or at the responsible translator for your language.</para> +<para>Please address suggestions and criticisms at the author or at the responsible translator for your language.</para> </chapter> diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/journey.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/journey.docbook index e1141d9136c..5b6d3b6223f 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/journey.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/journey.docbook @@ -1,574 +1,376 @@ <!-- <?xml version="1.0" ?> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd" -> --> +<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd"> --> -<chapter id="knode-journey" -> -<title ->A journey in the World of Newsgroups</title -> +<chapter id="knode-journey"> +<title>A journey in the World of Newsgroups</title> <anchor id="anc-knode-journey"/> -<para ->This chapter is supposed to be glance over the World of Newsgroups and their <quote ->inhabitants</quote ->; someone who has never dared to go there before will encounter some strange customs, which may give you a feeling of being a lonely alien without backup; but stay calm, it is not like this. The Usenet is a meeting place for all kinds of normal and not-so-normal folks; it is here where they are distributing a lot of information but also gossip and other stuff.</para> - -<tip -> -<para ->References to more detailed and qualified essays on the Usenet can be found at <link linkend="knode-more-info" ->More Resources</link -></para> -</tip -> - -<sect1 id="about-news" -> -<title ->What are ...</title -> +<para>This chapter is supposed to be glance over the World of Newsgroups and their <quote>inhabitants</quote>; someone who has never dared to go there before will encounter some strange customs, which may give you a feeling of being a lonely alien without backup; but stay calm, it is not like this. The Usenet is a meeting place for all kinds of normal and not-so-normal folks; it is here where they are distributing a lot of information but also gossip and other stuff.</para> + +<tip> +<para>References to more detailed and qualified essays on the Usenet can be found at <link linkend="knode-more-info">More Resources</link></para> +</tip> + +<sect1 id="about-news"> +<title>What are ...</title> <anchor id="anc-about-news"/> -<sect2 -> -<title ->... online-readers?</title -> +<sect2> +<title>... online-readers?</title> -<para ->An online-reader connects to a newsserver and gives you access to its content. &knode; is an online-reader: you are reading your News and publishing your own <glossterm ->articles</glossterm -> while the online-reader stays connected.</para> +<para>An online-reader connects to a newsserver and gives you access to its content. &knode; is an online-reader: you are reading your News and publishing your own <glossterm>articles</glossterm> while the online-reader stays connected.</para> -</sect2 -> +</sect2> -<sect2 -> -<title ->... offline-readers?</title -> +<sect2> +<title>... offline-readers?</title> -<para ->An offline-reader connects to the Server and fetches only the headers of new articles; then, the connection is closed and you can mark (offline) the articles you are really interested in. When you connect next time the offline-reader fetches the articles you marked and sends the articles you have written whilst offline.</para> +<para>An offline-reader connects to the Server and fetches only the headers of new articles; then, the connection is closed and you can mark (offline) the articles you are really interested in. When you connect next time the offline-reader fetches the articles you marked and sends the articles you have written whilst offline.</para> -<para ->There is no connection while you are reading or writing articles.</para> +<para>There is no connection while you are reading or writing articles.</para> -</sect2 -> +</sect2> -<sect2 -> -<title ->... newsgroups?</title -> +<sect2> +<title>... newsgroups?</title> -<para ->You can look at newsgroups as public bulletin boards and forums, where everybody is allowed to participate. Articles you have published in a newsgroup can be read by everybody subscribed to this newsgroup and, normally, everybody is allowed to publish their articles in a newsgroup.</para> +<para>You can look at newsgroups as public bulletin boards and forums, where everybody is allowed to participate. Articles you have published in a newsgroup can be read by everybody subscribed to this newsgroup and, normally, everybody is allowed to publish their articles in a newsgroup.</para> -</sect2 -> +</sect2> <sect2> -<title ->... news?</title -> +<title>... news?</title> -<para ->News is the collective term for articles published in a newsgroup.</para -> +<para>News is the collective term for articles published in a newsgroup.</para> -</sect2 -> +</sect2> -<sect2 -> -<title ->... threads?</title -> +<sect2> +<title>... threads?</title> -<para ->A thread is a topic of discussion in a newsgroup.</para> +<para>A thread is a topic of discussion in a newsgroup.</para> -</sect2 -> -</sect1 -> +</sect2> +</sect1> -<sect1 id="nettiquette" -> -<title ->Online Manners</title -> +<sect1 id="nettiquette"> +<title>Online Manners</title> <anchor id="anc-nettiquette"/> -<para ->There are lot of different people meeting and talking in newsgroups; it is seen as some kind of courtesy to obey some rules of manner, the basics of which are listed here.</para> - -<orderedlist -> -<listitem -> -<para ->Before you ask questions be sure you have read the newsgroup's <acronym ->FAQ</acronym -> (Frequently Asked Questions) and didn't find the answer.</para> -</listitem -> -<listitem -> -<para ->If you take part in a discussion be aware of the fact that everybody can read the answer: do not say anything that you would not say to the others if you were facing them; avoid insults.</para> -</listitem -> -<listitem -> -<para ->Try to avoid crossposting: do not ask a question in more than one newsgroup when you do not know which is the right one. Ask in one newsgroup; if it is wrong, you will be told which is right one.</para> -</listitem -> -<listitem -> -<para ->Formulate your articles accurately; nobody likes to read an article with lots of typos, even with content worth a Pulitzer. Think of your articles as letters: your letter speaks for you; it represents you; somebody reading your article will draw conclusions about you from it, wrong or right.</para> -</listitem -> -<listitem -> -<para ->Remember, nobody sees your grin when you are writing an ironic sentence: it may be funny for you, but it can be very serious for the person reading it. It is very difficult to include emotions in an article.</para> -</listitem -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The most important rule: use your common sense when you are answering or publishing an article.</para> -</listitem -> -</orderedlist -> - -</sect1 -> - -<sect1 id="usenet-slang" -> -<title ->The Usenet language</title -> +<para>There are lot of different people meeting and talking in newsgroups; it is seen as some kind of courtesy to obey some rules of manner, the basics of which are listed here.</para> + +<orderedlist> +<listitem> +<para>Before you ask questions be sure you have read the newsgroup's <acronym>FAQ</acronym> (Frequently Asked Questions) and didn't find the answer.</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para>If you take part in a discussion be aware of the fact that everybody can read the answer: do not say anything that you would not say to the others if you were facing them; avoid insults.</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para>Try to avoid crossposting: do not ask a question in more than one newsgroup when you do not know which is the right one. Ask in one newsgroup; if it is wrong, you will be told which is right one.</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para>Formulate your articles accurately; nobody likes to read an article with lots of typos, even with content worth a Pulitzer. Think of your articles as letters: your letter speaks for you; it represents you; somebody reading your article will draw conclusions about you from it, wrong or right.</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para>Remember, nobody sees your grin when you are writing an ironic sentence: it may be funny for you, but it can be very serious for the person reading it. It is very difficult to include emotions in an article.</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para>The most important rule: use your common sense when you are answering or publishing an article.</para> +</listitem> +</orderedlist> + +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="usenet-slang"> +<title>The Usenet language</title> <anchor id="anc-usenet-slang"/> -<para ->You will not be surprised about English being the main language on the Usenet; however, there are special trees for German (de.*), French (fr.*) and many other languages. If you are unable to determine the main language of a newsgroup the only possibility is careful listening or a possible explanation in the description of the group in the grouplist.</para> +<para>You will not be surprised about English being the main language on the Usenet; however, there are special trees for German (de.*), French (fr.*) and many other languages. If you are unable to determine the main language of a newsgroup the only possibility is careful listening or a possible explanation in the description of the group in the grouplist.</para> -<para ->In addition, over the time the Usenet has developed its own language but it is easy to learn.</para> +<para>In addition, over the time the Usenet has developed its own language but it is easy to learn.</para> -<sect2 -> -<title -><acronym ->RTFM</acronym -> and other typos</title -> +<sect2> +<title><acronym>RTFM</acronym> and other typos</title> -<para ->When you read news, after some time you will read some strange combinations of letters; for example, you can get a reply like:</para> +<para>When you read news, after some time you will read some strange combinations of letters; for example, you can get a reply like:</para> -<para ->RTFM</para -> +<para>RTFM</para> -<para ->Nothing else. Strange, but absolutely intended; to solve the riddle: those, most of the time, are shortcuts, acronyms. It is easier to drop some letters than to write the same sentence over and over again.</para> +<para>Nothing else. Strange, but absolutely intended; to solve the riddle: those, most of the time, are shortcuts, acronyms. It is easier to drop some letters than to write the same sentence over and over again.</para> -<para ->But what is the meaning of <acronym ->RTFM</acronym ->? The writer is asking you to read the manual, documentation or <acronym ->FAQ</acronym -> before asking questions in the newsgroup. It stands for: (R)ead (T)he (F)...ing (M)anual; <acronym ->BTW</acronym -> this is advice you should adopt.</para> +<para>But what is the meaning of <acronym>RTFM</acronym>? The writer is asking you to read the manual, documentation or <acronym>FAQ</acronym> before asking questions in the newsgroup. It stands for: (R)ead (T)he (F)...ing (M)anual; <acronym>BTW</acronym> this is advice you should adopt.</para> -<para ->Wait, what is <acronym ->BTW</acronym -> now? Another often-seen acronym which means (B)y (T)he (W)ay. It is easy when you know it; to avoid you having to continuously speculate over the meaning of acronyms there is table at he end of this section containing the most-often-used acronyms.</para> +<para>Wait, what is <acronym>BTW</acronym> now? Another often-seen acronym which means (B)y (T)he (W)ay. It is easy when you know it; to avoid you having to continuously speculate over the meaning of acronyms there is table at he end of this section containing the most-often-used acronyms.</para> -<para ->This table does not try to be complete and is based on a list by Martin Imlau.</para> +<para>This table does not try to be complete and is based on a list by Martin Imlau.</para> <table> -<title ->Acronyms on Usenet</title> +<title>Acronyms on Usenet</title> <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> -<entry ->Acronym</entry> -<entry ->Meaning</entry> +<entry>Acronym</entry> +<entry>Meaning</entry> </row> </thead> <!--TRANSLATORS: Write the translation in the second column in brackets! --> <tbody> <row> -<entry -><g></entry> -<entry ->grins</entry> +<entry><g></entry> +<entry>grins</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->AAMOF</acronym> +<acronym>AAMOF</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->As a matter of fact</entry> +<entry>As a matter of fact</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->ACK</acronym> +<acronym>ACK</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Acknowledge</entry> +<entry>Acknowledge</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->AFAIK</acronym> +<acronym>AFAIK</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->As far as I know</entry> +<entry>As far as I know</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->AFAIR</acronym> +<acronym>AFAIR</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->As far as I remember</entry> +<entry>As far as I remember</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->AWGTHTGTTA</acronym> +<acronym>AWGTHTGTTA</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Are we going to have to go through this again?</entry> +<entry>Are we going to have to go through this again?</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->ASAP</acronym> +<acronym>ASAP</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->As soon as possible</entry> +<entry>As soon as possible</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->BFN</acronym> +<acronym>BFN</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Bye for now!</entry> +<entry>Bye for now!</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->BTW</acronym> +<acronym>BTW</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->By the way</entry> +<entry>By the way</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->BYKT</acronym> +<acronym>BYKT</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->But you knew that</entry> +<entry>But you knew that</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->CMIIW</acronym> +<acronym>CMIIW</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Correct me if I'm wrong</entry> +<entry>Correct me if I'm wrong</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->CU</acronym> +<acronym>CU</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->See you!</entry> +<entry>See you!</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->CU2</acronym> +<acronym>CU2</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->See you too!</entry> +<entry>See you too!</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->CYL</acronym> +<acronym>CYL</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->See you later!</entry> +<entry>See you later!</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->DAU</acronym> +<acronym>DAU</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->German abbreviation for the silliest user you can imagine (DÂümmster anzunehmender User)</entry> +<entry>German abbreviation for the silliest user you can imagine (DÂümmster anzunehmender User)</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->EOD</acronym> +<acronym>EOD</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->End of discussion</entry> +<entry>End of discussion</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->ESOSL</acronym> +<acronym>ESOSL</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Endless snorts of stupid laughter</entry> +<entry>Endless snorts of stupid laughter</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->FYI</acronym> +<acronym>FYI</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->For your information</entry> +<entry>For your information</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->GOK</acronym> +<acronym>GOK</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->God only knows</entry> +<entry>God only knows</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->HAND</acronym> +<acronym>HAND</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Have a nice day!</entry> +<entry>Have a nice day!</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->HTH</acronym> +<acronym>HTH</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Hope that helps</entry> +<entry>Hope that helps</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->HSIK</acronym> +<acronym>HSIK</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->How should I know?</entry> +<entry>How should I know?</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->IAE</acronym> +<acronym>IAE</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->In any event</entry> +<entry>In any event</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->IANAL</acronym> +<acronym>IANAL</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->I am not a lawyer</entry> +<entry>I am not a lawyer</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->IIRC</acronym> +<acronym>IIRC</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->If I remember correctly</entry> +<entry>If I remember correctly</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->IMCO</acronym> +<acronym>IMCO</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->In my considered opinion</entry> +<entry>In my considered opinion</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->IMHO</acronym> +<acronym>IMHO</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->In my humble opinion</entry> +<entry>In my humble opinion</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->IMNSHO</acronym> +<acronym>IMNSHO</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->In my not so humble opinion</entry> +<entry>In my not so humble opinion</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->INPO</acronym> +<acronym>INPO</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->In no particular order</entry> +<entry>In no particular order</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->IOW</acronym> +<acronym>IOW</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->In other words</entry> +<entry>In other words</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->LMAO</acronym> +<acronym>LMAO</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Laughing my ass off</entry> +<entry>Laughing my ass off</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->LOL</acronym> +<acronym>LOL</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Laughing out loudly</entry> +<entry>Laughing out loudly</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->NAK</acronym> +<acronym>NAK</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Not acknowledged</entry> +<entry>Not acknowledged</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->NBD</acronym> +<acronym>NBD</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->No big deal</entry> +<entry>No big deal</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->NFW</acronym> +<acronym>NFW</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->No f...ing way</entry> +<entry>No f...ing way</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->ROTFL</acronym> +<acronym>ROTFL</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Rolling on the floor, laughing</entry> +<entry>Rolling on the floor, laughing</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->RTFM</acronym> +<acronym>RTFM</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Read the f...ing manual</entry> +<entry>Read the f...ing manual</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->SCNR</acronym> +<acronym>SCNR</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Sorry, could not resist</entry> +<entry>Sorry, could not resist</entry> </row> <row> <entry> -<acronym ->TIA</acronym> +<acronym>TIA</acronym> </entry> -<entry ->Thanks in advance</entry> -</row -> -</tbody -> -</tgroup -> -</table -> -</sect2 -> +<entry>Thanks in advance</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect2> -<sect2 -> -<title ->Smile!</title -> +<sect2> +<title>Smile!</title> -<para ->Again, such a strange thing. What is this ;-) meant to be? Turn your head so the left side of your screen is on top; got it? It's a smile with a wink? This is a so-called emoticon; emoticons are an often-used possibility to express emotions, one thing missing in conversation on the Usenet (but there is a substitute, remember? ;-)</para> +<para>Again, such a strange thing. What is this ;-) meant to be? Turn your head so the left side of your screen is on top; got it? It's a smile with a wink? This is a so-called emoticon; emoticons are an often-used possibility to express emotions, one thing missing in conversation on the Usenet (but there is a substitute, remember? ;-)</para> -<para ->It is very difficult to express emotions in email or news; your joking comment appear to be very serious to the recipient and can lead to unmeant reactions or conflicts (flames); so use emoticons to express your intention.</para> +<para>It is very difficult to express emotions in email or news; your joking comment appear to be very serious to the recipient and can lead to unmeant reactions or conflicts (flames); so use emoticons to express your intention.</para> -<para ->There are a lots of emoticons, which express a great variety of emotions; the interpretation is easy if you turn your head and think of a face.</para> +<para>There are a lots of emoticons, which express a great variety of emotions; the interpretation is easy if you turn your head and think of a face.</para> -</sect2 -> +</sect2> -<sect2 -> -<title ->PLONK!</title -> +<sect2> +<title>PLONK!</title> -<para ->This PLONK! looks like some comic-sound, does it not? And that is exactly what it is used for. The one who reads it knows he was just added to the killfile of a newsreader; normally this means the recipient of the PLONK! annoyed the sender. The PLONK! is meant to play back the sound of the recipients name hitting the ground in the <glossterm ->killfile</glossterm ->.</para> -</sect2 -> -</sect1 -> +<para>This PLONK! looks like some comic-sound, does it not? And that is exactly what it is used for. The one who reads it knows he was just added to the killfile of a newsreader; normally this means the recipient of the PLONK! annoyed the sender. The PLONK! is meant to play back the sound of the recipients name hitting the ground in the <glossterm>killfile</glossterm>.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> -</chapter -> +</chapter> diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/more.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/more.docbook index 42f158404df..64b6a2c9bab 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/more.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/more.docbook @@ -1,230 +1,84 @@ <!-- <?xml version="1.0" ?> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd" -> --> +<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd"> --> -<chapter id="knode-more-info" -> -<title ->Further Information</title -> +<chapter id="knode-more-info"> +<title>Further Information</title> <anchor id="anc-knode-more-info"/> <!-- TRANSLATORS! Please modify this chapter for your language specific needs --> -<para ->In this section we will detail some additional information resources which could be useful to you. Many of the articles listed below (for which <acronym ->URL</acronym ->s are given) are posted to news groups regularly; some of those groups are also listed here.</para> +<para>In this section we will detail some additional information resources which could be useful to you. Many of the articles listed below (for which <acronym>URL</acronym>s are given) are posted to news groups regularly; some of those groups are also listed here.</para> -<sect1 id="infos-newsgroups" -> -<title ->Informative Newsgroups</title -> +<sect1 id="infos-newsgroups"> +<title>Informative Newsgroups</title> <anchor id="anc-infos-newsgroups"/> -<simplelist -> -<member ->news.answers</member -> -<member ->news.newusers.questions</member -> -<member ->de.newsusers.infos (German)</member -> -<member ->de.answers (German)</member -> -<member ->de.comp.os.unix.linux.infos (German)</member -> -<member ->de.newusers.answers (German)</member -> -<member ->de.newusers.questions (German)</member -> -</simplelist -> - -<para ->For beginners it is especially recommended to read these articles at least partially: informed users have strong advantages in news groups. There are some more-specialized news groups where <acronym ->FAQ</acronym ->s and introductory <glossterm ->articles</glossterm -> are posted frequently, ⪚ the <glossterm ->newsgroup</glossterm -> de.comp.os.unix.linux.infos (German), which contains a lot of useful articles about the &Linux; operating system. Just have a look on the group list of your newsserver for it.</para> - -</sect1 -> - -<sect1 id="infos-testgroups" -> -<title ->Test Groups</title -> +<simplelist> +<member>news.answers</member> +<member>news.newusers.questions</member> +<member>de.newsusers.infos (German)</member> +<member>de.answers (German)</member> +<member>de.comp.os.unix.linux.infos (German)</member> +<member>de.newusers.answers (German)</member> +<member>de.newusers.questions (German)</member> +</simplelist> + +<para>For beginners it is especially recommended to read these articles at least partially: informed users have strong advantages in news groups. There are some more-specialized news groups where <acronym>FAQ</acronym>s and introductory <glossterm>articles</glossterm> are posted frequently, ⪚ the <glossterm>newsgroup</glossterm> de.comp.os.unix.linux.infos (German), which contains a lot of useful articles about the &Linux; operating system. Just have a look on the group list of your newsserver for it.</para> + +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="infos-testgroups"> +<title>Test Groups</title> <anchor id="anc-infos-testgroups"/> -<para ->The following groups were created especially for testing, &ie; after successfully configuring &knode; you should post some articles to those groups to test your settings.</para> - -<para ->Some groups support automatic replies through email to enable you to test whether your entered identity is correct and mail-replies actually arrive in your mailbox.</para> - -<para ->In addition, some scripts are offered which check your articles for erroneous settings and generate a followup with useful hints.</para -> - -<simplelist -> -<member ->de.test (German test newsgroup)</member -> -<member ->misc.test</member -> -<member ->alt.test</member -> -<member ->alt.test.ignore</member -> -</simplelist -> -</sect1 -> - -<sect1 id="infos-urls" -> -<title ->Informative technical articles in the world wide web</title -> +<para>The following groups were created especially for testing, &ie; after successfully configuring &knode; you should post some articles to those groups to test your settings.</para> + +<para>Some groups support automatic replies through email to enable you to test whether your entered identity is correct and mail-replies actually arrive in your mailbox.</para> + +<para>In addition, some scripts are offered which check your articles for erroneous settings and generate a followup with useful hints.</para> + +<simplelist> +<member>de.test (German test newsgroup)</member> +<member>misc.test</member> +<member>alt.test</member> +<member>alt.test.ignore</member> +</simplelist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="infos-urls"> +<title>Informative technical articles in the world wide web</title> <anchor id="anc-infos-urls"/> -<para ->These <acronym ->URL</acronym ->s are from the corresponding article in the <glossterm ->newsgroup</glossterm -> <emphasis ->de.newusers.infos</emphasis -> and have the same contents as the articles posted there.</para> - -<simplelist -> -<member ->Introduction for de.newusers.infos: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/einleitung" ->http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/einleitung</ulink -> (German)</member -> -<member ->The newsgroups of the de.alt hierarchy: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/de-alt-newsgruppen" -> http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/de-alt-newsgruppen</ulink -> (German)</member -> -<member ->The newsgroups of the de-hierarchy: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/de-newsgruppen" ->http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/de-newsgruppen</ulink -> (German)</member -> -<member ->First read, then post: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/erst-lesen-dann-schreiben" ->http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/erst-lesen-dann-schreiben</ulink -> (German)</member -> -<member ->First steps in the usenet: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/erste-schritte" ->http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/erste-schritte</ulink -> (German)</member> -<member ->Questions and answers from de.newusers.questions: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/faq" ->http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/faq</ulink -> (German)</member -> -<member ->Seven theses about behaviour in the internet: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/hoeflichkeit" ->http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/hoeflichkeit</ulink -> (German)</member -> -<member ->Introduction to the usenet: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/usenet-einfuehrung" ->http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/usenet-einfuehrung</ulink -> (German)</member -> -<member ->Why should I take the rules seriously? <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/warum-regel" ->http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/warum-regel</ulink -> (German)</member -> -<member ->The newsreader <acronym ->FAQ</acronym ->: <ulink url="http://www.crosswinds.net/~cgarbers/faq/newsreaderFAQ.htm" ->http://www.crosswinds.net/~cgarbers/faq/newsreaderFAQ.htm</ulink -></member -> -<member ->The correct quoting: <ulink url="http://www.afaik.de/usenet/faq/zitieren" ->http://www.afaik.de/usenet/faq/zitieren</ulink -> (German)</member -> -<member ->The German umlauts <acronym ->FAQ</acronym ->: <ulink url="http://www.westfalen.de/paefken/de.newusers/umlaute-faq.txt" -> http://www.westfalen.de/paefken/de.newusers/umlaute-faq.txt</ulink -> (German)</member -> -</simplelist -> -</sect1 -> - -<sect1 id="infos-technical" -> -<title ->Informative technical articles</title -> +<para>These <acronym>URL</acronym>s are from the corresponding article in the <glossterm>newsgroup</glossterm> <emphasis>de.newusers.infos</emphasis> and have the same contents as the articles posted there.</para> + +<simplelist> +<member>Introduction for de.newusers.infos: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/einleitung">http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/einleitung</ulink> (German)</member> +<member>The newsgroups of the de.alt hierarchy: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/de-alt-newsgruppen"> http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/de-alt-newsgruppen</ulink> (German)</member> +<member>The newsgroups of the de-hierarchy: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/de-newsgruppen">http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/de-newsgruppen</ulink> (German)</member> +<member>First read, then post: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/erst-lesen-dann-schreiben">http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/erst-lesen-dann-schreiben</ulink> (German)</member> +<member>First steps in the usenet: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/erste-schritte">http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/erste-schritte</ulink> (German)</member> +<member>Questions and answers from de.newusers.questions: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/faq">http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/faq</ulink> (German)</member> +<member>Seven theses about behaviour in the internet: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/hoeflichkeit">http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/hoeflichkeit</ulink> (German)</member> +<member>Introduction to the usenet: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/usenet-einfuehrung">http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/usenet-einfuehrung</ulink> (German)</member> +<member>Why should I take the rules seriously? <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/warum-regel">http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/warum-regel</ulink> (German)</member> +<member>The newsreader <acronym>FAQ</acronym>: <ulink url="http://www.crosswinds.net/~cgarbers/faq/newsreaderFAQ.htm">http://www.crosswinds.net/~cgarbers/faq/newsreaderFAQ.htm</ulink></member> +<member>The correct quoting: <ulink url="http://www.afaik.de/usenet/faq/zitieren">http://www.afaik.de/usenet/faq/zitieren</ulink> (German)</member> +<member>The German umlauts <acronym>FAQ</acronym>: <ulink url="http://www.westfalen.de/paefken/de.newusers/umlaute-faq.txt"> http://www.westfalen.de/paefken/de.newusers/umlaute-faq.txt</ulink> (German)</member> +</simplelist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="infos-technical"> +<title>Informative technical articles</title> <anchor id="anc-infos-technical"/> -<para ->If you are interested in further technical information in connection to news, you should not miss the following <acronym ->URL</acronym ->s.</para> - -<simplelist -> -<member ->Header entries: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/headerzeilen" -> http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/headerzeilen</ulink -> (German)</member -> -<member ->A very useful message-ID <acronym ->FAQ</acronym ->: <ulink url="http://www.qad.org/faq/faq-messageid.html" -> http://www.qad.org/faq/faq-messageid.html</ulink -></member -> -<member ->A lot of links about newsreaders and related topics: <ulink url="http://www.leafnode.org/links" ->http://www.leafnode.org/links</ulink -></member -> -<member -><acronym ->RFC</acronym ->s, Drafts and documents for the technical interested: <ulink url="http://www.landfield.com/usefor/" -> http://www.landfield.com/usefor/</ulink -></member -> -</simplelist -> -</sect1 -> -</chapter -> +<para>If you are interested in further technical information in connection to news, you should not miss the following <acronym>URL</acronym>s.</para> + +<simplelist> +<member>Header entries: <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/headerzeilen"> http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/headerzeilen</ulink> (German)</member> +<member>A very useful message-ID <acronym>FAQ</acronym>: <ulink url="http://www.qad.org/faq/faq-messageid.html"> http://www.qad.org/faq/faq-messageid.html</ulink></member> +<member>A lot of links about newsreaders and related topics: <ulink url="http://www.leafnode.org/links">http://www.leafnode.org/links</ulink></member> +<member><acronym>RFC</acronym>s, Drafts and documents for the technical interested: <ulink url="http://www.landfield.com/usefor/"> http://www.landfield.com/usefor/</ulink></member> +</simplelist> +</sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-firststart.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-firststart.docbook index 5d38dd1469a..66a76574dd5 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-firststart.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-firststart.docbook @@ -1,2706 +1,1242 @@ <!-- <?xml version="1.0" ?> -<!DOCTYPE sect1 PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd" -> --> -<sect1 id="first-start" -> -<title ->The first start</title -> - -<para ->You can find &knode; in the <guimenu ->K</guimenu -> Menu under the <guisubmenu ->Internet</guisubmenu -> entry: the menu entry <guimenuitem ->KNode</guimenuitem -> launches the program.</para> - -<tip -> -<para ->If the entry for &knode; can not be found or if &knode; does not appear after clicking on the menu entry, read <link linkend="faq" ->Questions and Answers</link ->.</para -> +<!DOCTYPE sect1 PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd"> --> +<sect1 id="first-start"> +<title>The first start</title> + +<para>You can find &knode; in the <guimenu>K</guimenu> Menu under the <guisubmenu>Internet</guisubmenu> entry: the menu entry <guimenuitem>KNode</guimenuitem> launches the program.</para> + +<tip> +<para>If the entry for &knode; can not be found or if &knode; does not appear after clicking on the menu entry, read <link linkend="faq">Questions and Answers</link>.</para> </tip> -<para ->The main window of &knode; should now be displayed on your desktop as shown; on the first start, the settings dialogue will be invoked.</para> +<para>The main window of &knode; should now be displayed on your desktop as shown; on the first start, the settings dialogue will be invoked.</para> <screenshot> -<screeninfo ->Setting up &knode;</screeninfo> +<screeninfo>Setting up &knode;</screeninfo> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="knode-start.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <textobject> -<phrase ->&knode; after first start</phrase> +<phrase>&knode; after first start</phrase> </textobject> <caption> -<para ->&knode; after first start</para> +<para>&knode; after first start</para> </caption> </mediaobject> </screenshot> -<para ->The windows shows the menu bar, the toolbar below and the status pane at the buttom. The area between the toolbar and the status pane is occupied by a three-part window.</para> +<para>The windows shows the menu bar, the toolbar below and the status pane at the buttom. The area between the toolbar and the status pane is occupied by a three-part window.</para> -<para ->There is a folder view, which currently contains only three entries:</para> +<para>There is a folder view, which currently contains only three entries:</para> <simplelist> -<member ->The folder <guilabel ->Outbox</guilabel -></member> -<member ->The folder <guilabel ->Drafts</guilabel -></member> -<member ->The folder <guilabel ->Sent</guilabel -></member> +<member>The folder <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel></member> +<member>The folder <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel></member> +<member>The folder <guilabel>Sent</guilabel></member> </simplelist> -<para ->When &knode; is completely and correctly configured, the news servers and the subscribed news groups will appear there.</para> +<para>When &knode; is completely and correctly configured, the news servers and the subscribed news groups will appear there.</para> -<para ->In the upper section is the article view; it is currently empty and does not show any articles. Directly below the article view is the article window; the body of the currently-selected article appears there. These windows are also blank at the moment, as there are no articles, of course. You should not be concerned, though, as before reading and publishing news some things have to be configured; this will be covered by the following section.</para> +<para>In the upper section is the article view; it is currently empty and does not show any articles. Directly below the article view is the article window; the body of the currently-selected article appears there. These windows are also blank at the moment, as there are no articles, of course. You should not be concerned, though, as before reading and publishing news some things have to be configured; this will be covered by the following section.</para> -<para ->We are now beginning the setting up of &knode;. Most settings are not important for daily use, but you should know what settings are possible and what they are for. Some may skip the <quote ->Quickstart</quote -> chapter but those who prefer a quick start will just glance over the manual anyway. For others, especially those who have not any or much experience with a news reader, this chapter offers the chance to fully perform the configuration, although some things may become clear only later on.</para> +<para>We are now beginning the setting up of &knode;. Most settings are not important for daily use, but you should know what settings are possible and what they are for. Some may skip the <quote>Quickstart</quote> chapter but those who prefer a quick start will just glance over the manual anyway. For others, especially those who have not any or much experience with a news reader, this chapter offers the chance to fully perform the configuration, although some things may become clear only later on.</para> -<sect2 id="setting-your-identity" -> -<title ->Personal settings</title> +<sect2 id="setting-your-identity"> +<title>Personal settings</title> <anchor id="anc-setting-your-identity"/> -<para ->Via <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> you will enter the preferences dialogue of &knode;. The figure shows the dialogue.</para> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->Dialogue for entering personal information</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-identity.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->Entering personal information</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->Entering personal information</para -></caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<para ->The dialogue is divided into two parts: in one part there is a treeview, in which the top entry <guilabel ->Identity</guilabel -> is already highlighted; in the other part is the corresponding input dialogue -- these settings relate to the identity with which you navigate through the newsgroups.</para> +<para>Via <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> you will enter the preferences dialogue of &knode;. The figure shows the dialogue.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>Dialogue for entering personal information</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-identity.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>Entering personal information</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>Entering personal information</para></caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<para>The dialogue is divided into two parts: in one part there is a treeview, in which the top entry <guilabel>Identity</guilabel> is already highlighted; in the other part is the corresponding input dialogue -- these settings relate to the identity with which you navigate through the newsgroups.</para> <tip> -<para ->If you have already configured your personal settings in the &kcontrolcenter; before the first start of &knode;, they will be adopted.</para -> </tip> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Name</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->In the field <guilabel ->Name</guilabel -> you enter your name, ⪚ <replaceable ->Joe Miller</replaceable -> or <replaceable ->Mary Gordon</replaceable ->. This name will later appear in the newsgroups as sender, and can be seen by anyone.</para> - -<para ->Filling out the field <guilabel ->Name</guilabel -> is mandatory.</para> +<para>If you have already configured your personal settings in the &kcontrolcenter; before the first start of &knode;, they will be adopted.</para> </tip> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Name</guilabel></title> + +<para>In the field <guilabel>Name</guilabel> you enter your name, ⪚ <replaceable>Joe Miller</replaceable> or <replaceable>Mary Gordon</replaceable>. This name will later appear in the newsgroups as sender, and can be seen by anyone.</para> + +<para>Filling out the field <guilabel>Name</guilabel> is mandatory.</para> <caution> -<para ->In most newsgroups, it is considered polite and appropriate to appear with one's real name; other newsgroups are less strict about this. But, there are also cases when one would not want to appear with one's real name, ⪚ in newsgroups where one would like to (and can) talk about very personal matters without being exposed; these groups mostly do tell you in their Charter that the anonymity of their members is explicitly approved.</para> -</caution -> - -<tip -> -<para ->For those special cases, &knode; offers settings that can be adjusted to each newsgroup individually; further information can be found under <link linkend="group-identity" ->Group local Identities</link ->.</para> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> +<para>In most newsgroups, it is considered polite and appropriate to appear with one's real name; other newsgroups are less strict about this. But, there are also cases when one would not want to appear with one's real name, ⪚ in newsgroups where one would like to (and can) talk about very personal matters without being exposed; these groups mostly do tell you in their Charter that the anonymity of their members is explicitly approved.</para> +</caution> + +<tip> +<para>For those special cases, &knode; offers settings that can be adjusted to each newsgroup individually; further information can be found under <link linkend="group-identity">Group local Identities</link>.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Organisation</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->The input field <guilabel ->Organisation</guilabel -> is optional and does not have to be filled out. You can enter, ⪚, the name of your company or your university if you use &knode; there; if you leave this field blank, it will often be filled out later by your Internet service provider.</para> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Email address</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->The email address you enter here will be used as sender in news articles, &ie; as actual address of the author, in conjunction with the real name (set in the field <guilabel ->Name</guilabel ->).</para> - -<para ->The field <guilabel ->Email Address</guilabel -> shows up when someone wants to reply to you by email: the email will be sent to the address entered here. Many newsreaders display the sender address together with the name in the Header of the article.</para> - -<para ->Filling out the <guilabel ->Email Address</guilabel -> field is mandatory.</para> +<title><guilabel>Organisation</guilabel></title> + +<para>The input field <guilabel>Organisation</guilabel> is optional and does not have to be filled out. You can enter, ⪚, the name of your company or your university if you use &knode; there; if you leave this field blank, it will often be filled out later by your Internet service provider.</para> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Email address</guilabel></title> + +<para>The email address you enter here will be used as sender in news articles, &ie; as actual address of the author, in conjunction with the real name (set in the field <guilabel>Name</guilabel>).</para> + +<para>The field <guilabel>Email Address</guilabel> shows up when someone wants to reply to you by email: the email will be sent to the address entered here. Many newsreaders display the sender address together with the name in the Header of the article.</para> + +<para>Filling out the <guilabel>Email Address</guilabel> field is mandatory.</para> <tip> -<para ->Note that the e-mail address will only be used for replies to you if the field <guilabel ->Reply-to Address</guilabel -> is not filled out; in this case, the field <guilabel ->Email</guilabel -> will be ignored for replies and the address given under <guilabel ->Reply-to Address</guilabel -> will be used.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Reply-to Address</guilabel -></title -> - -<para -><guilabel ->Reply-to Address</guilabel -> offers you the possibility to enter a different address than your sender e-mail address: if someone replies to you by email this address will be displayed as target address in the reply. An example for using <guilabel ->Reply-to Address</guilabel -> would be that you write the article at the office during the day but want to receive the answer in your home inbox, because your boss co-reads your mail.</para> - -<para ->Only enter an e-mail address in that field if it actually differs from the field <guilabel ->Email Address</guilabel ->.</para> +<para>Note that the e-mail address will only be used for replies to you if the field <guilabel>Reply-to Address</guilabel> is not filled out; in this case, the field <guilabel>Email</guilabel> will be ignored for replies and the address given under <guilabel>Reply-to Address</guilabel> will be used.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Reply-to Address</guilabel></title> + +<para><guilabel>Reply-to Address</guilabel> offers you the possibility to enter a different address than your sender e-mail address: if someone replies to you by email this address will be displayed as target address in the reply. An example for using <guilabel>Reply-to Address</guilabel> would be that you write the article at the office during the day but want to receive the answer in your home inbox, because your boss co-reads your mail.</para> + +<para>Only enter an e-mail address in that field if it actually differs from the field <guilabel>Email Address</guilabel>.</para> <warning> -<para ->Some news readers deliberately set this to an invalid e-mail address in order to prevent spam mails from being received; what could happen, though, is that a reader sends an e-mail to this invalid address which you will therefore never receive. You should drop a note about this in the signature.</para> +<para>Some news readers deliberately set this to an invalid e-mail address in order to prevent spam mails from being received; what could happen, though, is that a reader sends an e-mail to this invalid address which you will therefore never receive. You should drop a note about this in the signature.</para> </warning> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Mail-Copies-To</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Mail-Copies-To</guilabel></title> -<para ->If you enter an email address here every article will be sent to the usenet and to this email address.</para> +<para>If you enter an email address here every article will be sent to the usenet and to this email address.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Signing Key</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->If you have configured the use of <acronym ->PGP</acronym -> or GnuPG you can chose your signing key with <guibutton ->Change...</guibutton ->. </para> +<title><guilabel>Signing Key</guilabel></title> + +<para>If you have configured the use of <acronym>PGP</acronym> or GnuPG you can chose your signing key with <guibutton>Change...</guibutton>. </para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Use a signature from file</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->If this option is selected, the file specified under <guilabel ->Signature File</guilabel -> will be used as Signature.</para> +<title><guilabel>Use a signature from file</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this option is selected, the file specified under <guilabel>Signature File</guilabel> will be used as Signature.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Signature File</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->The field <guilabel ->Signature File</guilabel -> determines the file, the content of which is appended to each of your articles. The field is only enabled if the option <guilabel ->Use a signature from file</guilabel -> is selected.</para> - -<para ->The signature file is a simple text file, which should not contain more than four lines; it can, for example, contain a reference to your homepage with the corresponding link, your postal address with your telephone number (which would then be of course visible to the whole world with every article) or just a cool quote. The signature is your brand, so to speak, which will mark all your articles; therefore, your signature should not be designed sloppily or in the long run annoying to others: an old joke that one would have to read over and over again does not foster sympathy or the interest of the other newsgroup subscribers.</para -> - -<para ->You can directly enter the file name of the signature file but it is more convenient to use the button <guibutton ->Choose...</guibutton ->. This opens a file open dialogue and you can conveniently choose the signature file with the mouse. The button <guibutton ->Edit File</guibutton -> enables you, after choosing the file, to edit the signature.</para> - -<tip -> -<para ->It is not necessary to include a separation line in the signature file as &knode; inserts it automatically.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->The file is a program</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If this option is activated, the signature file is not handled as a text file, but as a program. The signature file will be started as a program and the output will be used as a signature. Through that you'll be able to chose a signature by accident or to use fortune to generate a cool slogan every time.</para> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Specify signature below</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If this option is selected you can enter the text of the signature directly in the input field below.</para -> - -<tip -> -<para ->Please make sure that in this case also your <glossterm ->signature</glossterm -> should not contain more than 4 lines. A separation line is not necessary as &knode; inserts it automatically.</para> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->General notes</title -> - -<para ->You can later adapt the identity individually for each of the subscribed groups via the <guilabel ->Preferences</guilabel -> dialogue, ⪚ you can specify an English signature for English groups and a German one for German groups. Apart from the language it is also possible to have context-sensitive signatures, ⪚ your favourite recipe in a cooking group or the names of your twelve cats in a cat owner group.</para> - -<para ->You find more in the section <link linkend="group-identity" ->Group local identities</link ->.</para> - -<para ->The next step in the configuration covers the news account.</para> +<title><guilabel>Signature File</guilabel></title> + +<para>The field <guilabel>Signature File</guilabel> determines the file, the content of which is appended to each of your articles. The field is only enabled if the option <guilabel>Use a signature from file</guilabel> is selected.</para> + +<para>The signature file is a simple text file, which should not contain more than four lines; it can, for example, contain a reference to your homepage with the corresponding link, your postal address with your telephone number (which would then be of course visible to the whole world with every article) or just a cool quote. The signature is your brand, so to speak, which will mark all your articles; therefore, your signature should not be designed sloppily or in the long run annoying to others: an old joke that one would have to read over and over again does not foster sympathy or the interest of the other newsgroup subscribers.</para> + +<para>You can directly enter the file name of the signature file but it is more convenient to use the button <guibutton>Choose...</guibutton>. This opens a file open dialogue and you can conveniently choose the signature file with the mouse. The button <guibutton>Edit File</guibutton> enables you, after choosing the file, to edit the signature.</para> + +<tip> +<para>It is not necessary to include a separation line in the signature file as &knode; inserts it automatically.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>The file is a program</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this option is activated, the signature file is not handled as a text file, but as a program. The signature file will be started as a program and the output will be used as a signature. Through that you'll be able to chose a signature by accident or to use fortune to generate a cool slogan every time.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Specify signature below</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this option is selected you can enter the text of the signature directly in the input field below.</para> + +<tip> +<para>Please make sure that in this case also your <glossterm>signature</glossterm> should not contain more than 4 lines. A separation line is not necessary as &knode; inserts it automatically.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>General notes</title> + +<para>You can later adapt the identity individually for each of the subscribed groups via the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue, ⪚ you can specify an English signature for English groups and a German one for German groups. Apart from the language it is also possible to have context-sensitive signatures, ⪚ your favourite recipe in a cooking group or the names of your twelve cats in a cat owner group.</para> + +<para>You find more in the section <link linkend="group-identity">Group local identities</link>.</para> + +<para>The next step in the configuration covers the news account.</para> </sect3> </sect2> <sect2 id="setting-the-news-account"> -<title ->Configuring the news account</title> +<title>Configuring the news account</title> <anchor id="anc-setting-the-news-account"/> -<para ->Now we must tell &knode; about where we get the news from or where to send the articles to later on. In the tree view on the right, there is an <guilabel ->Accounts</guilabel -> entry; click on it with the mouse; then, two sub entries will be opened out. Choose the <guilabel ->News</guilabel -> entry, because we first want to configure the news account: the list of accounts is still empty.</para> +<para>Now we must tell &knode; about where we get the news from or where to send the articles to later on. In the tree view on the right, there is an <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> entry; click on it with the mouse; then, two sub entries will be opened out. Choose the <guilabel>News</guilabel> entry, because we first want to configure the news account: the list of accounts is still empty.</para> -<para ->To create a new account click on <guibutton ->New...</guibutton ->. The following dialogue appears:</para> +<para>To create a new account click on <guibutton>New...</guibutton>. The following dialogue appears:</para> <screenshot> -<screeninfo ->The <guilabel ->New Account</guilabel -> dialogue</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-news-account.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->The <guilabel ->New Account</guilabel -> dialogue</phrase -> -</textobject -> +<screeninfo>The <guilabel>New Account</guilabel> dialogue</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-news-account.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>The <guilabel>New Account</guilabel> dialogue</phrase> +</textobject> <caption> -<para ->The <guilabel ->New Account</guilabel -> dialogue</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> +<para>The <guilabel>New Account</guilabel> dialogue</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Name</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->The <guilabel ->Name</guilabel -> field can be filled in as you like; the text you enter will later be visible in the folder view. You could, for example, enter the name of your Internet Provider; for our example we enter the name <userinput ->My News Account</userinput ->.</para> +<title><guilabel>Name</guilabel></title> + +<para>The <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field can be filled in as you like; the text you enter will later be visible in the folder view. You could, for example, enter the name of your Internet Provider; for our example we enter the name <userinput>My News Account</userinput>.</para> </sect3> -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Server</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->The next field is labelled <guilabel ->Server</guilabel ->. Unlike the field <guilabel ->Name</guilabel ->, what you enter here is important. The name of the news server is fixed and you should be able to get it from your Internet service provider; if you do not know the name of the news server, you should get it now: without this information you can not read any news. If your Internet service provider doesn't own a news server you can use a public one (universities often provide public news servers.)</para> - -<para ->For our example configuration we enter the name <userinput -><systemitem class="systemname" ->news.server.com</systemitem -></userinput ->; you will, of course, enter the real name of your news server.</para> +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Server</guilabel></title> + +<para>The next field is labelled <guilabel>Server</guilabel>. Unlike the field <guilabel>Name</guilabel>, what you enter here is important. The name of the news server is fixed and you should be able to get it from your Internet service provider; if you do not know the name of the news server, you should get it now: without this information you can not read any news. If your Internet service provider doesn't own a news server you can use a public one (universities often provide public news servers.)</para> + +<para>For our example configuration we enter the name <userinput><systemitem class="systemname">news.server.com</systemitem></userinput>; you will, of course, enter the real name of your news server.</para> <tip> -<para ->If you want to use &knode; with a local news server, enter the name <userinput -><systemitem class="systemname" ->localhost</systemitem -></userinput -> here.</para> +<para>If you want to use &knode; with a local news server, enter the name <userinput><systemitem class="systemname">localhost</systemitem></userinput> here.</para> </tip> </sect3> -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Port</guilabel -></title -> - -<para -><guilabel ->Port</guilabel ->, the next field, has already a default value. The Port designates, roughly speaking, a data channel on which the server listens for whether someone wants to retrieve news: it defaults to the value 119, which is applicable in most cases; therefore, we do not change this default for our example.</para> +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Port</guilabel></title> + +<para><guilabel>Port</guilabel>, the next field, has already a default value. The Port designates, roughly speaking, a data channel on which the server listens for whether someone wants to retrieve news: it defaults to the value 119, which is applicable in most cases; therefore, we do not change this default for our example.</para> </sect3> -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Hold connection for</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->The time value you enter here is used if you have established a connection to the news server and if, for whatever reason, no data is received from or transmitted to the news server: after the specified time has elapsed &knode; will automatically disconnect. This, amongst other things, relieves the server of unnecessary connections which would otherwise reduce its availability for other subscribers; it also makes sure that an automatically-established Internet connection is not held unnecessarily even if no data is being sent or received.</para> - -<tip -> -<para ->This settings mainly makes sense if one receives and reads news online; for local news servers it is of almost no importance. If this waiting time is set too low, there can be waiting periods if you read a longer article and do not do <quote ->anything</quote -> for some time: &knode; will have cancelled the connection to the server by then (after the time period has elapsed) and has to reestablish it, causing a delay.</para -> -<para ->If the waiting time is set too high you might waste online time whilst doing nothing (perhaps increasing your phone bill).</para -> </tip> +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Hold connection for</guilabel></title> + +<para>The time value you enter here is used if you have established a connection to the news server and if, for whatever reason, no data is received from or transmitted to the news server: after the specified time has elapsed &knode; will automatically disconnect. This, amongst other things, relieves the server of unnecessary connections which would otherwise reduce its availability for other subscribers; it also makes sure that an automatically-established Internet connection is not held unnecessarily even if no data is being sent or received.</para> + +<tip> +<para>This settings mainly makes sense if one receives and reads news online; for local news servers it is of almost no importance. If this waiting time is set too low, there can be waiting periods if you read a longer article and do not do <quote>anything</quote> for some time: &knode; will have cancelled the connection to the server by then (after the time period has elapsed) and has to reestablish it, causing a delay.</para> +<para>If the waiting time is set too high you might waste online time whilst doing nothing (perhaps increasing your phone bill).</para> </tip> </sect3> -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Timeout</guilabel -></title -> +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Timeout</guilabel></title> -<para ->If &knode; connects to the news server it waits no longer than the time specified here for an answer; if the period is exceeded &knode; cancels the connection attempt and you will get an error message stating that the server is not responding.</para> +<para>If &knode; connects to the news server it waits no longer than the time specified here for an answer; if the period is exceeded &knode; cancels the connection attempt and you will get an error message stating that the server is not responding.</para> <tip> -<para ->Depending on the quality of your Internet account and the news server's current load there can be busy periods where &knode; cancels the connection; if this happens frequently, you should set this setting to a higher value.</para> +<para>Depending on the quality of your Internet account and the news server's current load there can be busy periods where &knode; cancels the connection; if this happens frequently, you should set this setting to a higher value.</para> </tip> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -> -<guilabel ->Fetch group descriptions</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If this setting is selected, &knode; additionally requests the available group descriptions; they will be displayed in the <guilabel ->Subscribe to Newsgroups</guilabel -> dialogue.</para> - -<tip -> -<para ->There is not a group description for every group, so it is not an error if no group description is shown when subscribing to a group later on.</para -> -</tip -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Server requires authentication</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->The option <guilabel ->Server requires authentication</guilabel -> needs only to be selected if your news server requires a user name and a password when retrieving articles; you can find out if this is the case from your Internet service provider or the server's maintainer.</para> - -<tip -> -<para ->If you do not know if this setting is necessary forget about selecting it for now: if you encounter an error later on, you can try selecting it then. Otherwise, select this option and enter your user name under <guilabel ->User</guilabel -> and the associated password under <guilabel ->Password</guilabel ->.</para> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->General notes</title -> - -<para ->By now you have completed the setup of your news account. You can confirm and save your settings by clicking on the <guibutton ->OK</guibutton -> button: as soon as you have done that, the account will appear in the list by the name that you entered in <guilabel ->Name</guilabel -> earlier; and, if you have a close look, you will see that the account also appears in the folder view.</para> - -<para ->Using the <guibutton ->Subscribe</guibutton -> button you could get directly to the dialogue for subscribing to news groups; but, we still have more to do so we'll ignore it for now: there are several ways that lead to the goal.</para> - -<para ->In the <link linkend="multiple-news-accounts" -> Managing multiple news accounts</link -> chapter you can learn how to work with multiple news accounts, but first we will stay with this one; in most cases, one account is sufficient.</para> - -<caution -> -<para ->Please note that some Internet providers only allow retrieving news from their news server if you are connected to the Internet through them.</para -> -</caution -> - -<para ->We will now move on to configuring the email account; in order to do that, click on the <guilabel ->Mail</guilabel -> entry in the tree view on the left.</para> - -</sect3 -> -</sect2 -> - -<sect2 id="setting-the-mail-account" -> -<title ->Setting up the mail account</title -> - -<para ->After selecting <guilabel ->Mail</guilabel -> in the tree view, the following Dialogue Box appears.</para -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->Dialogue Box for setting up the mail account</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-mail-account.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->Setting up the mail account</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->Setting up the mail account</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<para ->You will notice this Dialogue Box is very similar to the news account settings Dialogue Box; but why do we need an email account in a newsreader?</para> - -<para ->Sometimes you need to answer to the author of an article directly, without posting to the newsgroup; for example, when you want to make a very personal comment or want to correct an error. Sometimes an email is more appropriate than a public remark.</para> - -<para ->That's why &knode; provides the possibility to reply by email; if you want to use this feature you must tell &knode; how to send emails: you just need to insert the mail server's address. If you have already configured an email account, ⪚ with &kmail;, you can reuse the settings used there.</para> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Use external mail program</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If this option is active &knode; will use the mail program which is configured in the control centre; the other options in this dialogue will then be disabled.</para> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Server</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->The name (address) of your mail server as provided by your Internet service provider or system administrator; all you have to do here is enter the mail server's name in the <guilabel ->Server</guilabel -> field.</para> - -<para ->In our example we enter<userinput -><systemitem class="systemname" ->mail.server.de</systemitem -></userinput -></para> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title> +<guilabel>Fetch group descriptions</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this setting is selected, &knode; additionally requests the available group descriptions; they will be displayed in the <guilabel>Subscribe to Newsgroups</guilabel> dialogue.</para> + +<tip> +<para>There is not a group description for every group, so it is not an error if no group description is shown when subscribing to a group later on.</para> +</tip> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Server requires authentication</guilabel></title> + +<para>The option <guilabel>Server requires authentication</guilabel> needs only to be selected if your news server requires a user name and a password when retrieving articles; you can find out if this is the case from your Internet service provider or the server's maintainer.</para> + +<tip> +<para>If you do not know if this setting is necessary forget about selecting it for now: if you encounter an error later on, you can try selecting it then. Otherwise, select this option and enter your user name under <guilabel>User</guilabel> and the associated password under <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>General notes</title> + +<para>By now you have completed the setup of your news account. You can confirm and save your settings by clicking on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button: as soon as you have done that, the account will appear in the list by the name that you entered in <guilabel>Name</guilabel> earlier; and, if you have a close look, you will see that the account also appears in the folder view.</para> + +<para>Using the <guibutton>Subscribe</guibutton> button you could get directly to the dialogue for subscribing to news groups; but, we still have more to do so we'll ignore it for now: there are several ways that lead to the goal.</para> + +<para>In the <link linkend="multiple-news-accounts"> Managing multiple news accounts</link> chapter you can learn how to work with multiple news accounts, but first we will stay with this one; in most cases, one account is sufficient.</para> + +<caution> +<para>Please note that some Internet providers only allow retrieving news from their news server if you are connected to the Internet through them.</para> +</caution> + +<para>We will now move on to configuring the email account; in order to do that, click on the <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> entry in the tree view on the left.</para> + +</sect3> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="setting-the-mail-account"> +<title>Setting up the mail account</title> + +<para>After selecting <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> in the tree view, the following Dialogue Box appears.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>Dialogue Box for setting up the mail account</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-mail-account.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>Setting up the mail account</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>Setting up the mail account</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<para>You will notice this Dialogue Box is very similar to the news account settings Dialogue Box; but why do we need an email account in a newsreader?</para> + +<para>Sometimes you need to answer to the author of an article directly, without posting to the newsgroup; for example, when you want to make a very personal comment or want to correct an error. Sometimes an email is more appropriate than a public remark.</para> + +<para>That's why &knode; provides the possibility to reply by email; if you want to use this feature you must tell &knode; how to send emails: you just need to insert the mail server's address. If you have already configured an email account, ⪚ with &kmail;, you can reuse the settings used there.</para> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Use external mail program</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this option is active &knode; will use the mail program which is configured in the control centre; the other options in this dialogue will then be disabled.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Server</guilabel></title> + +<para>The name (address) of your mail server as provided by your Internet service provider or system administrator; all you have to do here is enter the mail server's name in the <guilabel>Server</guilabel> field.</para> + +<para>In our example we enter<userinput><systemitem class="systemname">mail.server.de</systemitem></userinput></para> <tip> -<para ->If you have one you can send your mail via a local mail server; if this is the case local mail server enter <systemitem class="systemname" ->localhost</systemitem -> in the <guilabel ->Server</guilabel -> field.</para> -</tip -> +<para>If you have one you can send your mail via a local mail server; if this is the case local mail server enter <systemitem class="systemname">localhost</systemitem> in the <guilabel>Server</guilabel> field.</para> +</tip> </sect3> -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Port</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Again, the <guilabel ->Port</guilabel -> field has a default value; in this case it's port 25. You should not need to change this, unless your <acronym ->ISP</acronym -> has a very exotic configuration and tells you to do so. We do not change this for the example.</para> +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Port</guilabel></title> + +<para>Again, the <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field has a default value; in this case it's port 25. You should not need to change this, unless your <acronym>ISP</acronym> has a very exotic configuration and tells you to do so. We do not change this for the example.</para> </sect3> -<sect3 -> -<title ->Hold connection for</title -> - -<para ->This value is important: if you have established a connection with your mail server and there is no data transfer occurring &knode; cancels the connection to your mailserver after the specified amount of time has elapsed.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Timeout</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->When &knode; tries to connect to the mail server it will wait this long for a reply from the server; if this time is exceeded, you will get a error message.</para -> - -<tip -> -<para ->Depending on the quality of your connection and the actual load of your mail server you might get long reply times; if &knode; cancels the connection due to this, you should increase the timeout.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->General notes</title> - -<caution -> -<para ->Some <acronym ->ISP</acronym ->s only allow you to send email using their mail server after you have checked your mailbox for new mail: this reduces spamming.</para -> - -<para ->For the same reasons, some <acronym ->ISP</acronym ->s will only allow you to send mail using their mailservers if you are online with them or if you are logged in at the mailserver; for example, this is the normal configuration at GMX and isn't supported by &knode; or &kmail; yet.</para> +<sect3> +<title>Hold connection for</title> + +<para>This value is important: if you have established a connection with your mail server and there is no data transfer occurring &knode; cancels the connection to your mailserver after the specified amount of time has elapsed.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Timeout</guilabel></title> + +<para>When &knode; tries to connect to the mail server it will wait this long for a reply from the server; if this time is exceeded, you will get a error message.</para> + +<tip> +<para>Depending on the quality of your connection and the actual load of your mail server you might get long reply times; if &knode; cancels the connection due to this, you should increase the timeout.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>General notes</title> + +<caution> +<para>Some <acronym>ISP</acronym>s only allow you to send email using their mail server after you have checked your mailbox for new mail: this reduces spamming.</para> + +<para>For the same reasons, some <acronym>ISP</acronym>s will only allow you to send mail using their mailservers if you are online with them or if you are logged in at the mailserver; for example, this is the normal configuration at GMX and isn't supported by &knode; or &kmail; yet.</para> </caution> </sect3> </sect2> <sect2 id="knode-appearance"> -<title ->Defining the appearance</title> +<title>Defining the appearance</title> -<para ->With the <guilabel ->Appearance</guilabel -> dialogue you are given the ability to set the colours, the character code and the font size of the text in the article window; the picture below shows the dialogue.</para> +<para>With the <guilabel>Appearance</guilabel> dialogue you are given the ability to set the colours, the character code and the font size of the text in the article window; the picture below shows the dialogue.</para> <screenshot> -<screeninfo ->Setting up the Appearance dialogue</screeninfo> +<screeninfo>Setting up the Appearance dialogue</screeninfo> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="knode-colors-fonts.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <textobject> -<phrase ->Setting up the Appearance dialogue</phrase> +<phrase>Setting up the Appearance dialogue</phrase> </textobject> <caption> -<para ->Setting up the Appearance dialogue</para> +<para>Setting up the Appearance dialogue</para> </caption> </mediaobject> </screenshot> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Use custom colours</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Use custom colours</guilabel></title> -<para ->If you select this option you can adjust the colour settings of &knode; in the list field below; to change a colour setting do a double-click with the &LMB; on the list entry to open the &kde; colour-selection dialogue.</para> +<para>If you select this option you can adjust the colour settings of &knode; in the list field below; to change a colour setting do a double-click with the &LMB; on the list entry to open the &kde; colour-selection dialogue.</para> -<para ->The colour selection can only be configured after the checkbox has been checked; otherwise, a double-click on the list entries won't do anything.</para> +<para>The colour selection can only be configured after the checkbox has been checked; otherwise, a double-click on the list entries won't do anything.</para> <caution> -<para ->If the <guilabel ->Use custom colours</guilabel -> setting is selected &knode; won't use colours which have been changed later globally for &kde; but will only use the colours defined here instead.</para> +<para>If the <guilabel>Use custom colours</guilabel> setting is selected &knode; won't use colours which have been changed later globally for &kde; but will only use the colours defined here instead.</para> </caution> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Use custom fonts</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->If you select this setting you can adjust the fonts which &knode; uses for the display in the list field below; to choose a font do a double-click with the &LMB; on the list entry to open the &kde; font-selection dialogue.</para> - -<para ->The font can only be configured after the checkbox has been checked; otherwise, a double click on the list entries won't do anything.</para> - -<caution -> -<para ->If the setting <guilabel ->Use custom fonts</guilabel -> is selected &knode; won't use later changes to the global font settings for &kde; but will use the fonts defined here instead.</para -> -</caution -> -</sect3 -> - -</sect2 -> - -<sect2 id="setting-news-general" -> -<title ->General News Settings</title -> - -<para ->Now click on <guibutton ->Reading news</guibutton -> and then on the <guibutton ->General</guibutton -> sub-entry; the figure below shows the dialogue containing the preferences you can configure there.</para -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo -><guilabel ->General Preferences</guilabel -> Dialogue</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-read-news-settings.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->The <guilabel ->General Preferences</guilabel -> dialogue</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->The <guilabel ->General Preferences</guilabel -> dialogue</para> +<title><guilabel>Use custom fonts</guilabel></title> + +<para>If you select this setting you can adjust the fonts which &knode; uses for the display in the list field below; to choose a font do a double-click with the &LMB; on the list entry to open the &kde; font-selection dialogue.</para> + +<para>The font can only be configured after the checkbox has been checked; otherwise, a double click on the list entries won't do anything.</para> + +<caution> +<para>If the setting <guilabel>Use custom fonts</guilabel> is selected &knode; won't use later changes to the global font settings for &kde; but will use the fonts defined here instead.</para> +</caution> +</sect3> + +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="setting-news-general"> +<title>General News Settings</title> + +<para>Now click on <guibutton>Reading news</guibutton> and then on the <guibutton>General</guibutton> sub-entry; the figure below shows the dialogue containing the preferences you can configure there.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo><guilabel>General Preferences</guilabel> Dialogue</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-read-news-settings.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>The <guilabel>General Preferences</guilabel> dialogue</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>The <guilabel>General Preferences</guilabel> dialogue</para> </caption> </mediaobject> </screenshot> -<para ->You don't need to change most of these settings, but we will discuss them step-by-step to give you an overview of the possibilities of &knode;.</para> +<para>You don't need to change most of these settings, but we will discuss them step-by-step to give you an overview of the possibilities of &knode;.</para> -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Check for new articles automatically</guilabel -></title -> +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Check for new articles automatically</guilabel></title> -<para ->If this box is checked &knode; tries to request new articles from the server when selecting a newsgroup. These settings especially make sense when you use &knode; together with a local news server: downloading the messages obviously only works when the server is reachable; for a server which is only reachable via an Internet connection, this setting rarely makes sense and should stay deactivated.</para> +<para>If this box is checked &knode; tries to request new articles from the server when selecting a newsgroup. These settings especially make sense when you use &knode; together with a local news server: downloading the messages obviously only works when the server is reachable; for a server which is only reachable via an Internet connection, this setting rarely makes sense and should stay deactivated.</para> -<para ->If your system isn't set up to establish an Internet connection if necessary, you will get an error message each time you select a newsgroup.</para> +<para>If your system isn't set up to establish an Internet connection if necessary, you will get an error message each time you select a newsgroup.</para> -<para ->If you want to keep control over when a connection to the server is established, the <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Group</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Get new articles</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> menu option is appropriate.</para> +<para>If you want to keep control over when a connection to the server is established, the <menuchoice><guimenu>Group</guimenu><guimenuitem>Get new articles</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu option is appropriate.</para> </sect3> -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Maximal number of articles to fetch</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->This sets a restriction on the number articles which are requested from the server while downloading. The value configured here is for each newsgroup separately. If this is set, for instance, to 300 only the 300 newest articles of the newsgroup are requested; other articles will be discarded.</para -> - -<warning -> -<para ->For newsgroups with relatively high traffic you might lose articles if this value is too low; this especially occurs when you've just subscribed to a newsgroup or only occasionally download articles and the traffic for this reason rises above the value specified here.</para> -</warning -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Mark article as read after</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Articles you have opened in the article window are marked as read after the number of seconds specified here. If you set this value to be relatively high you avoid articles you have just glanced at being marked as read; on the other hand, it can be annoying for relatively short articles, for which you need less time to read than specified: if you browsed too quickly through the articles they would stay unread even though you have read them. Therefore, you should adjust this value to your personal preferences.</para> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Mark crossposted articles as read</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->Sometimes an <glossterm ->article</glossterm -> will be posted to more than one group; this is known as crossposting. If you activate this option, those crossposted articles will be marked as read in all the newsgroups to which they were posted if you read it in one newsgroup.</para> +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Maximal number of articles to fetch</guilabel></title> + +<para>This sets a restriction on the number articles which are requested from the server while downloading. The value configured here is for each newsgroup separately. If this is set, for instance, to 300 only the 300 newest articles of the newsgroup are requested; other articles will be discarded.</para> + +<warning> +<para>For newsgroups with relatively high traffic you might lose articles if this value is too low; this especially occurs when you've just subscribed to a newsgroup or only occasionally download articles and the traffic for this reason rises above the value specified here.</para> +</warning> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Mark article as read after</guilabel></title> + +<para>Articles you have opened in the article window are marked as read after the number of seconds specified here. If you set this value to be relatively high you avoid articles you have just glanced at being marked as read; on the other hand, it can be annoying for relatively short articles, for which you need less time to read than specified: if you browsed too quickly through the articles they would stay unread even though you have read them. Therefore, you should adjust this value to your personal preferences.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Mark crossposted articles as read</guilabel></title> + +<para>Sometimes an <glossterm>article</glossterm> will be posted to more than one group; this is known as crossposting. If you activate this option, those crossposted articles will be marked as read in all the newsgroups to which they were posted if you read it in one newsgroup.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Smart scrolling</guilabel -></title -> +<title><guilabel>Smart scrolling</guilabel></title> -<para ->If this option is selected the lines in the article list are scrolled smoothly instead of jerkily. </para -> <!-- LW: FIXME could be explained a tiny bit better --> +<para>If this option is selected the lines in the article list are scrolled smoothly instead of jerkily. </para> <!-- LW: FIXME could be explained a tiny bit better --> -</sect3 -> +</sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Show whole thread on expanding</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Show whole thread on expanding</guilabel></title> -<para ->This setting lets a discussion be displayed completely (over multiple answer levels) if you click on the plus in front of the discussion; if this setting isn't checked, only the immediate answers to the current article are displayed.</para> +<para>This setting lets a discussion be displayed completely (over multiple answer levels) if you click on the plus in front of the discussion; if this setting isn't checked, only the immediate answers to the current article are displayed.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Default to expanded threads</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Default to expanded threads</guilabel></title> -<para ->Here you can toggle whether the threads are expanded by default or not.</para> +<para>Here you can toggle whether the threads are expanded by default or not.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Show article score</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Here you can toggle whether the scoring column should be shown in the article view.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Show line count</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Here you can toggle whether the column with the number of lines should be shown in the article view.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Cache size for headers</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->Here you can configure how much memory &knode; should use for the caching of the headers.</para> +<title><guilabel>Show article score</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you can toggle whether the scoring column should be shown in the article view.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Show line count</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you can toggle whether the column with the number of lines should be shown in the article view.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Cache size for headers</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you can configure how much memory &knode; should use for the caching of the headers.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Cache size for articles</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Cache size for articles</guilabel></title> -<para ->Here you can configure, how much memory &knode; should use for the caching of the articles.</para> +<para>Here you can configure, how much memory &knode; should use for the caching of the articles.</para> </sect3> </sect2> <sect2> -<title -><guilabel ->Navigation</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Navigation</guilabel></title> -<para ->Here you can change some navigation properties of &knode;. Normally everything here is switched off, but if you don't like this kind of navigation you can change it.</para> +<para>Here you can change some navigation properties of &knode;. Normally everything here is switched off, but if you don't like this kind of navigation you can change it.</para> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->General</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>General</guilabel></title> -<para ->The keyboard behaviour between &knode; and &kmail; is a bit different; with the <guilabel ->Emulate the keyboard behaviour of KMail</guilabel -> switch you can activate the same keyboard behaviour as in &kmail; for &knode;.</para> +<para>The keyboard behaviour between &knode; and &kmail; is a bit different; with the <guilabel>Emulate the keyboard behaviour of KMail</guilabel> switch you can activate the same keyboard behaviour as in &kmail; for &knode;.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Mark All as Read</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->If the box <guilabel ->Switch to next group</guilabel -> is checked, &knode; automatically switches to the next group if you mark all articles as read.</para> +<title><guilabel>Mark All as Read</guilabel></title> + +<para>If the box <guilabel>Switch to next group</guilabel> is checked, &knode; automatically switches to the next group if you mark all articles as read.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Mark Thread as Read</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Mark Thread as Read</guilabel></title> -<para ->If <guilabel ->Close the current thread</guilabel -> is checked, &knode; automatically closes a thread if you mark it as read.</para> +<para>If <guilabel>Close the current thread</guilabel> is checked, &knode; automatically closes a thread if you mark it as read.</para> -<para ->If <guilabel ->Go to next unread thread</guilabel -> is checked, &knode; automatically shows the next thread if you mark the the previous thread as read.</para> +<para>If <guilabel>Go to next unread thread</guilabel> is checked, &knode; automatically shows the next thread if you mark the the previous thread as read.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Ignore Thread</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Ignore Thread</guilabel></title> -<para ->If <guilabel ->Close the current thread</guilabel ->is checked, &knode; automatically closes a thread if you choose to ignore it.</para> +<para>If <guilabel>Close the current thread</guilabel>is checked, &knode; automatically closes a thread if you choose to ignore it.</para> -<para ->If <guilabel ->Go to next unread thread</guilabel -> is checked, &knode; automatically shows the next thread if you choose to ignore the previous one.</para> +<para>If <guilabel>Go to next unread thread</guilabel> is checked, &knode; automatically shows the next thread if you choose to ignore the previous one.</para> </sect3> </sect2> <sect2 id="knode-scoring-settings"> -<title ->Scoring rules</title> - -<para ->To sort the articles you have the possibility to score them. The standard score is 0: a higher score means that the <glossterm ->article</glossterm -> is interesting; a lower score means it is less interesting.</para> - -<para ->In the middle of the window you see a big, white area; here you can see your scoring rules. Scoring rules are used by &knode; to score the incoming articles automatically; if, for example, a person always posts nonsense you can automatically score the articles of that person down and hide them.</para> - -<para ->With the buttons below the list of scoring-rules you can <guibutton ->edit</guibutton ->, <guibutton ->add</guibutton ->, <guibutton ->remove</guibutton -> and <guibutton ->copy</guibutton -> a rule. We will skip this feature for now, because it is not essential for the setup of &knode;.</para> - -<para ->You can learn more about scoring; in the chapter <link linkend="anc-score-watch-ignore" ->Scoring, watching and ignoring</link ->.</para> +<title>Scoring rules</title> + +<para>To sort the articles you have the possibility to score them. The standard score is 0: a higher score means that the <glossterm>article</glossterm> is interesting; a lower score means it is less interesting.</para> + +<para>In the middle of the window you see a big, white area; here you can see your scoring rules. Scoring rules are used by &knode; to score the incoming articles automatically; if, for example, a person always posts nonsense you can automatically score the articles of that person down and hide them.</para> + +<para>With the buttons below the list of scoring-rules you can <guibutton>edit</guibutton>, <guibutton>add</guibutton>, <guibutton>remove</guibutton> and <guibutton>copy</guibutton> a rule. We will skip this feature for now, because it is not essential for the setup of &knode;.</para> + +<para>You can learn more about scoring; in the chapter <link linkend="anc-score-watch-ignore">Scoring, watching and ignoring</link>.</para> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Default score for ignored threads</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Normally you only need the functions ignore and watch; this simply shows if a thread is interesting or not. Here you can configure a default score for the ignored threads; choosing the <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Ignore Thread</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> menu item will give this score to all the posts in that thread, and will apply that score also to future posts that follow up the thread.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Default score for watched threads</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If an article is interesting, it will get a score above 0. Here you can enter the default score for those articles; choosing the <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Watch Thread</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> menu item will give this score to all the posts in that thread, and will apply that score also to future posts that follow up the thread.</para> +<title><guilabel>Default score for ignored threads</guilabel></title> + +<para>Normally you only need the functions ignore and watch; this simply shows if a thread is interesting or not. Here you can configure a default score for the ignored threads; choosing the <menuchoice><guimenu>Scoring</guimenu><guimenuitem>Ignore Thread</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item will give this score to all the posts in that thread, and will apply that score also to future posts that follow up the thread.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Default score for watched threads</guilabel></title> + +<para>If an article is interesting, it will get a score above 0. Here you can enter the default score for those articles; choosing the <menuchoice><guimenu>Scoring</guimenu><guimenuitem>Watch Thread</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item will give this score to all the posts in that thread, and will apply that score also to future posts that follow up the thread.</para> <tip> -<para ->You can use the <keycap ->W</keycap -> key to watch a thread or the <keycap ->I</keycap -> key to ignore it.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> -</sect2 -> +<para>You can use the <keycap>W</keycap> key to watch a thread or the <keycap>I</keycap> key to ignore it.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> +</sect2> <sect2 id="knode-filter-settings"> -<title ->Filter settings</title> - -<para ->This screenshot shows the filter settings.</para -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->The filter settings</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-filters.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->The filter settings</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->The filter settings</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<para ->This dialogue shows two lists. The upper list, labelled <guilabel -> Filters</guilabel ->, shows all defined filters; when you use &knode; for the first time, you will only see the predefined filters.</para -> - -<para ->With the buttons <guibutton ->Add</guibutton ->, <guibutton ->Delete</guibutton ->, <guibutton ->Edit</guibutton -> and <guibutton ->Copy</guibutton -> you can add new filters or delete filters which are no longer needed; we will skip this feature for now, because it is not essential for the setup of &knode;.</para -> - -<para ->You can find more-detailed information about filters in <link linkend="using-filters" ->Defining and using filters</link ->.</para> - -<para ->The lower list, labelled <guilabel ->Menu</guilabel ->, shows the appearance of the <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guisubmenu ->Filter</guisubmenu -></menuchoice -> menu, which you can reach from the menu bar; the order of the filters in the this menu can be configured in this list.</para> - -<para ->The <guibutton ->Up</guibutton -> button shifts the selected filter one position up. Try it: select the second filter and press <guibutton ->Up</guibutton ->; this entry will then go up one position.</para -> - -<para ->The <guibutton ->Down</guibutton -> button does the opposite action: select the filter you just shifted one up and press<guibutton ->Down</guibutton -> until it reaches its old position.</para> - -<para ->With the two buttons <guibutton ->Add Separator</guibutton -> and <guibutton ->Remove Separator</guibutton -> you can visually group the filters on the menu. The separators are shown as <literal ->====</literal -> in the list; in the Menu they show up as some more-appealing horizontal lines. Try adding separator; then, select the separator and remove it by pressing <guibutton ->Remove separator</guibutton ->.</para -> - -<para ->Any changes you make here, you can see in <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guisubmenu ->Filter</guisubmenu -></menuchoice -> after closing this dialogue.</para -> - -</sect2 -> - -<sect2 id="knode-headers" -> -<title -><guilabel ->Customise displayed article headers</guilabel -></title -> +<title>Filter settings</title> + +<para>This screenshot shows the filter settings.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>The filter settings</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-filters.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>The filter settings</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>The filter settings</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<para>This dialogue shows two lists. The upper list, labelled <guilabel> Filters</guilabel>, shows all defined filters; when you use &knode; for the first time, you will only see the predefined filters.</para> + +<para>With the buttons <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>Copy</guibutton> you can add new filters or delete filters which are no longer needed; we will skip this feature for now, because it is not essential for the setup of &knode;.</para> + +<para>You can find more-detailed information about filters in <link linkend="using-filters">Defining and using filters</link>.</para> + +<para>The lower list, labelled <guilabel>Menu</guilabel>, shows the appearance of the <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Filter</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu, which you can reach from the menu bar; the order of the filters in the this menu can be configured in this list.</para> + +<para>The <guibutton>Up</guibutton> button shifts the selected filter one position up. Try it: select the second filter and press <guibutton>Up</guibutton>; this entry will then go up one position.</para> + +<para>The <guibutton>Down</guibutton> button does the opposite action: select the filter you just shifted one up and press<guibutton>Down</guibutton> until it reaches its old position.</para> + +<para>With the two buttons <guibutton>Add Separator</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove Separator</guibutton> you can visually group the filters on the menu. The separators are shown as <literal>====</literal> in the list; in the Menu they show up as some more-appealing horizontal lines. Try adding separator; then, select the separator and remove it by pressing <guibutton>Remove separator</guibutton>.</para> + +<para>Any changes you make here, you can see in <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Filter</guisubmenu></menuchoice> after closing this dialogue.</para> + +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="knode-headers"> +<title><guilabel>Customise displayed article headers</guilabel></title> <anchor id="anc-knode-headers"/> -<para ->In this dialogue you can set how the single header lines are displayed in the article window.</para -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->The <guilabel ->Customise displayed article headers</guilabel -> Dialogue</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-header-settings.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->The <guilabel ->Customise displayed article headers</guilabel -> dialogue</phrase -> -</textobject -> +<para>In this dialogue you can set how the single header lines are displayed in the article window.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>The <guilabel>Customise displayed article headers</guilabel> Dialogue</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-header-settings.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>The <guilabel>Customise displayed article headers</guilabel> dialogue</phrase> +</textobject> <caption> -<para ->The <guilabel ->Customise displayed article headers</guilabel -> dialogue</para> +<para>The <guilabel>Customise displayed article headers</guilabel> dialogue</para> </caption> </mediaobject> </screenshot> -<para ->This list shows all the header lines which are to be display in the article window. The identifiers at the left will be displayed alongside the header lines in < > to their right; the header lines are taken from each message, ⪚ for <guilabel ->From</guilabel -> the From header line will be used (indicating who send the message).</para> - -<para ->Using <guibutton ->Edit</guibutton -> you can alter the shown identifiers, alter the header line shown by each identifier and change the font settings of the text used. To make things clearer, we'll now simply select the <guilabel ->From:<From></guilabel -> entry in the list and open the dialogue for editing the header display by clicking on <guibutton ->Edit</guibutton ->.</para -> +<para>This list shows all the header lines which are to be display in the article window. The identifiers at the left will be displayed alongside the header lines in < > to their right; the header lines are taken from each message, ⪚ for <guilabel>From</guilabel> the From header line will be used (indicating who send the message).</para> + +<para>Using <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> you can alter the shown identifiers, alter the header line shown by each identifier and change the font settings of the text used. To make things clearer, we'll now simply select the <guilabel>From:<From></guilabel> entry in the list and open the dialogue for editing the header display by clicking on <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>.</para> <screenshot> -<screeninfo ->The Header Properties Dialogue</screeninfo> +<screeninfo>The Header Properties Dialogue</screeninfo> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="knode-edit-header1.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <textobject> -<phrase ->The Header Properties dialogue</phrase> +<phrase>The Header Properties dialogue</phrase> </textobject> <caption> -<para ->The Header Properties dialogue</para> +<para>The Header Properties dialogue</para> </caption> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Header</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->The <guilabel ->Header</guilabel -> selection box shows the entry <guilabel ->From</guilabel ->: that is the name of the header line for the sender, as present in the article and evaluated by the newsreader. If you drop down the selection box &knode; shows a range of other identifiers, which stand all for a certain header lines in the article: for now, we'll leave the <guilabel ->From</guilabel -> identifier configured; we'll work with this list later, when we add a header line to the display.</para -> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Header</guilabel></title> + +<para>The <guilabel>Header</guilabel> selection box shows the entry <guilabel>From</guilabel>: that is the name of the header line for the sender, as present in the article and evaluated by the newsreader. If you drop down the selection box &knode; shows a range of other identifiers, which stand all for a certain header lines in the article: for now, we'll leave the <guilabel>From</guilabel> identifier configured; we'll work with this list later, when we add a header line to the display.</para> </sect3> -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Displayed Name</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->This field holds the name you'd like to be later shown in the article window as a label alongside the actual header line text; for example, for the <guilabel ->From</guilabel -> header line the label <guilabel ->From</guilabel -> is used. If you leave this field blank, only the content of the header line appears in the article window; this is, for example, the default setting for the <guilabel ->Subject</guilabel -> header line. We won't change anything here either, for now.</para> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Name</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Here you can influence the way the 'Displayed Name' text is displayed; in our case, the <guilabel ->Bold</guilabel -> attribute is selected for the name <guilabel ->From</guilabel ->, &ie; the text will be shown in bold letters in the article window. Of course, you can combine different attributes, for example <guilabel ->Bold</guilabel -> and <guilabel ->Underlined</guilabel ->.</para> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Value</title -> - -<para ->Here you can influence the way the header text is displayed in the article window; for example, if the <guilabel ->Italic</guilabel -> entry is selected the sender, ⪚ <quote ->John Doe <[email protected]></quote -> will appears in an italic font.</para> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Add and remove header lines to the display</title> - -<para ->To explain the possibilities of this dialogue to you we're going to add a new header line to the display.</para> - -<example -> -<title ->Show the newsreader used for a post in the article window</title -> - -<para ->This pictures shows the dialogue with the header line <literal ->X-Newsreader</literal ->.</para -> -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->The Header Properties Dialogue</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-edit-header2.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->The Header Properties dialogue</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->The Header Properties dialogue</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Displayed Name</guilabel></title> + +<para>This field holds the name you'd like to be later shown in the article window as a label alongside the actual header line text; for example, for the <guilabel>From</guilabel> header line the label <guilabel>From</guilabel> is used. If you leave this field blank, only the content of the header line appears in the article window; this is, for example, the default setting for the <guilabel>Subject</guilabel> header line. We won't change anything here either, for now.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Name</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you can influence the way the 'Displayed Name' text is displayed; in our case, the <guilabel>Bold</guilabel> attribute is selected for the name <guilabel>From</guilabel>, &ie; the text will be shown in bold letters in the article window. Of course, you can combine different attributes, for example <guilabel>Bold</guilabel> and <guilabel>Underlined</guilabel>.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>Value</title> + +<para>Here you can influence the way the header text is displayed in the article window; for example, if the <guilabel>Italic</guilabel> entry is selected the sender, ⪚ <quote>John Doe <[email protected]></quote> will appears in an italic font.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>Add and remove header lines to the display</title> + +<para>To explain the possibilities of this dialogue to you we're going to add a new header line to the display.</para> + +<example> +<title>Show the newsreader used for a post in the article window</title> + +<para>This pictures shows the dialogue with the header line <literal>X-Newsreader</literal>.</para> +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>The Header Properties Dialogue</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-edit-header2.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>The Header Properties dialogue</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>The Header Properties dialogue</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> </screenshot> -<para ->It would be nice if one could see which newsreader another subscriber uses in the article window; it is actually quite easy to do this because there is a (optional) header line which contains the necessary information.</para> +<para>It would be nice if one could see which newsreader another subscriber uses in the article window; it is actually quite easy to do this because there is a (optional) header line which contains the necessary information.</para> -<para ->Drop down the <guilabel ->Header</guilabel -> selection field and select the <guilabel ->X-Newsreader</guilabel -> entry from the list.</para> +<para>Drop down the <guilabel>Header</guilabel> selection field and select the <guilabel>X-Newsreader</guilabel> entry from the list.</para> -<para ->In the <guilabel ->Displayed name</guilabel -> field, enter <userinput ->Newsreader</userinput ->.</para> +<para>In the <guilabel>Displayed name</guilabel> field, enter <userinput>Newsreader</userinput>.</para> -<para ->Now you can select any attribute for the display of the field and its content; next, acknowledge your input with the <guibutton ->OK</guibutton ->: the new header line appears now in the list and will later be shown in the article window.</para> +<para>Now you can select any attribute for the display of the field and its content; next, acknowledge your input with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>: the new header line appears now in the list and will later be shown in the article window.</para> </example> -<para ->Use the <guibutton ->up</guibutton -> and <guibutton ->Down</guibutton -> buttons to arrange the order of the headers in the article window.</para -> - -<tip -> -<para ->The statement that the new header line will be shown in the article window is actually pretty optimistic, because the entry X-Newsreader isn't required for Usenet articles; therefore, not all articles will contain that header line: if the line doesn't exist, the according entry simply won't be shown. You can get more information about headers at <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/headerzeilen" ->http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/headerzeilen</ulink -> (german)</para -> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> -</sect2 -> +<para>Use the <guibutton>up</guibutton> and <guibutton>Down</guibutton> buttons to arrange the order of the headers in the article window.</para> + +<tip> +<para>The statement that the new header line will be shown in the article window is actually pretty optimistic, because the entry X-Newsreader isn't required for Usenet articles; therefore, not all articles will contain that header line: if the line doesn't exist, the according entry simply won't be shown. You can get more information about headers at <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/headerzeilen">http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/headerzeilen</ulink> (german)</para> +</tip> +</sect3> +</sect2> <sect2> -<title -><guilabel ->Viewer</guilabel -></title -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Show fancy header decorations</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->If this is active, the headers will be 'beautified' a bit; otherwise, only the plain text is shown.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Rewrap text when necessary</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If this option is active, the text wrapping in the viewer will be automatically corrected.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Remove trailing empty lines</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->If this is active empty lines at the end of the article will be automatically hidden.</para -> +<title><guilabel>Viewer</guilabel></title> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Show fancy header decorations</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this is active, the headers will be 'beautified' a bit; otherwise, only the plain text is shown.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Rewrap text when necessary</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this option is active, the text wrapping in the viewer will be automatically corrected.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Remove trailing empty lines</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this is active empty lines at the end of the article will be automatically hidden.</para> </sect3> -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Show signature</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If this setting is activated, the <glossterm ->signature</glossterm -> of the sender is displayed in the article window; if it isn't, the signature is suppressed.</para -> - -<caution -> -<para ->Please notice that &knode; can display the signature correctly only if it can be separated correctly from the article content in the current article: there are newsreaders which do this separation incorrectly. Two <quote ->-</quote -> characters followed by a <quote -> </quote -> (space) is correct.</para> -</caution -> - -<tip -> -<para ->Many participants in the newsgroups give hints on their homepage or say that they have intentionally erroneously specified their Email addresses in the header fields: if you disable displaying the signature, you might lose this information; on the other hand, you might save yourself from reading strange quotes.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Interpret text-format tags</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If this is active, all text format tags in the message like <literal ->*bold*</literal ->, <literal ->/italic/</literal -> and <literal ->_underline_</literal -> are shown directly in the viewer. These text-format tags are an unofficial standard.</para> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Recognise quote characters</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->To display the quoted text in another size or colour, &knode; needs to recognise that it's quoted text. Quoted text is normally marked with a <quote ->></quote -> at the beginning of the line, but sometimes there are other characters. In this field you can enter all characters that should mark quoted text.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Show attachments inline if possible</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If this setting is marked, &knode; tries to display the contents of possible attachment directly in the window when opening an article; for instance, a picture would be displayed directly below the article text.</para -> - -<para ->Additionally, you have the possibility to save the attachment or open it with the application you have associated with the <acronym ->MIME</acronym -> type of the attachment by using the context menu.</para> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Open attachments on click</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If this box is checked, attachments are opened with the external program which is configured for the <acronym ->MIME</acronym -> type; if there is no such association, a dialogue for saving a file is opened and you can save the attachment to a separate file.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Show alternative contents as attachments</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Articles which are sent as Multipart <acronym ->MIME</acronym -> contain the text of the message in multiple formats, for example as raw text and <acronym ->HTML</acronym ->; the newsreader decides which part of the article is displayed. This setting makes it possible for the other formats to be opened as if they were attachments with a mouse click.</para> - -<para ->If this setting is disabled, alternative contents are not displayed.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Open links with</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Here you can select which browser is used for displaying links you clicked on in a message. Currently, you can either select the <application ->Netscape Navigator</application -> or the default, &konqueror;; the selected browser has to be installed, of course.</para> - -</sect3 -> -</sect2 -> - -<sect2 id="knode-post-news-settings" -> -<title ->Settings for publishing articles</title> - -<para ->When you post articles with &knode; the settings in the following dialogue box are used.</para -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->The Technical Settings dialogue</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-post-settings.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->The Technical Settings dialogue</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->The Technical Settings dialogue</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<caution -> -<para ->If you choose the wrong settings here your articles could be unreadable or not sendable at all, so please be careful with these settings.</para -> -</caution -> +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Show signature</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this setting is activated, the <glossterm>signature</glossterm> of the sender is displayed in the article window; if it isn't, the signature is suppressed.</para> + +<caution> +<para>Please notice that &knode; can display the signature correctly only if it can be separated correctly from the article content in the current article: there are newsreaders which do this separation incorrectly. Two <quote>-</quote> characters followed by a <quote> </quote> (space) is correct.</para> +</caution> + +<tip> +<para>Many participants in the newsgroups give hints on their homepage or say that they have intentionally erroneously specified their Email addresses in the header fields: if you disable displaying the signature, you might lose this information; on the other hand, you might save yourself from reading strange quotes.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Interpret text-format tags</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this is active, all text format tags in the message like <literal>*bold*</literal>, <literal>/italic/</literal> and <literal>_underline_</literal> are shown directly in the viewer. These text-format tags are an unofficial standard.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Recognise quote characters</guilabel></title> + +<para>To display the quoted text in another size or colour, &knode; needs to recognise that it's quoted text. Quoted text is normally marked with a <quote>></quote> at the beginning of the line, but sometimes there are other characters. In this field you can enter all characters that should mark quoted text.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Show attachments inline if possible</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this setting is marked, &knode; tries to display the contents of possible attachment directly in the window when opening an article; for instance, a picture would be displayed directly below the article text.</para> + +<para>Additionally, you have the possibility to save the attachment or open it with the application you have associated with the <acronym>MIME</acronym> type of the attachment by using the context menu.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Open attachments on click</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this box is checked, attachments are opened with the external program which is configured for the <acronym>MIME</acronym> type; if there is no such association, a dialogue for saving a file is opened and you can save the attachment to a separate file.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Show alternative contents as attachments</guilabel></title> + +<para>Articles which are sent as Multipart <acronym>MIME</acronym> contain the text of the message in multiple formats, for example as raw text and <acronym>HTML</acronym>; the newsreader decides which part of the article is displayed. This setting makes it possible for the other formats to be opened as if they were attachments with a mouse click.</para> + +<para>If this setting is disabled, alternative contents are not displayed.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Open links with</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you can select which browser is used for displaying links you clicked on in a message. Currently, you can either select the <application>Netscape Navigator</application> or the default, &konqueror;; the selected browser has to be installed, of course.</para> + +</sect3> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="knode-post-news-settings"> +<title>Settings for publishing articles</title> + +<para>When you post articles with &knode; the settings in the following dialogue box are used.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>The Technical Settings dialogue</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-post-settings.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>The Technical Settings dialogue</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>The Technical Settings dialogue</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<caution> +<para>If you choose the wrong settings here your articles could be unreadable or not sendable at all, so please be careful with these settings.</para> +</caution> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Charset</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Charset</guilabel></title> -<para ->Here you can choose the charset used for encoding your articles. Normally this is <acronym ->US-ASCII</acronym -> for English speaking countries, but your charset may differ. The default is the charset used in your global &kde; settings, so you should not have to change this.</para> +<para>Here you can choose the charset used for encoding your articles. Normally this is <acronym>US-ASCII</acronym> for English speaking countries, but your charset may differ. The default is the charset used in your global &kde; settings, so you should not have to change this.</para> -<para ->When you want to post articles in newsgroups with other charsets (⪚ eastern European or Asian) you can set the required charset here.</para> +<para>When you want to post articles in newsgroups with other charsets (⪚ eastern European or Asian) you can set the required charset here.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Encoding</guilabel -></title -> +<title><guilabel>Encoding</guilabel></title> -<para ->Here you set the encoding of the characters for the message transfer; you can choose between 8-bit and 7-bit (quoted-printable).</para> +<para>Here you set the encoding of the characters for the message transfer; you can choose between 8-bit and 7-bit (quoted-printable).</para> -<para ->If you choose 8-bit encoding most special characters are transfered correctly; this is, for example, the normal option for the German groups (de.*).</para -> +<para>If you choose 8-bit encoding most special characters are transfered correctly; this is, for example, the normal option for the German groups (de.*).</para> -<para ->If you choose quoted-printable 8-bit characters (⪚ German umlauts or special characters) are send as encoded 7-bit characters.</para> +<para>If you choose quoted-printable 8-bit characters (⪚ German umlauts or special characters) are send as encoded 7-bit characters.</para> <tip> -<para ->In the English newsgroups 7-bit encoding is quite normal.</para> -</tip -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Use own default charset when replying</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If this option is active, &knode; uses your default charset for replying instead of the charset of the article you're answering on.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Generate Message-ID</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->When this is active, &knode; generates its own Message-IDs for all articles you post.</para -> - -<caution -> -<para ->The Message-ID must be unique worldwide: there would otherwise be collisions between messages with the same Message-ID and the news server would reject the second article because it thinks this article has already been received.</para> - -<para ->A Message-ID consists of a valid <acronym ->FQDN</acronym -> (Full Qualified Domain Name); this means it looks similar to an email address with an identification before the <literal ->@</literal -> and the domain.</para> - -<para ->The identification is generated by &knode; automatically, but you must provide a valid domain name in <guilabel ->Hostname</guilabel ->; if you do not have your own domain, you should not activate this option — let the newsserver generate a Message-ID for you.</para -> - -<example -> -<title ->Message-ID</title> - -<para ->An example for a valid domain would be: <literal ->kde.org</literal ->; a Message-ID generated with this domain would look like:</para -> - -<screen ->[email protected]</screen -> -</example -> - -<para ->An unique identification is only guaranteed if you have your own domain. Even when you do not use &knode; for generating your Message-IDs there may be collisions when you are using a local newsserver; for example, <application ->leafnode</application -> generates a Message-ID which it derives from the local hostname.</para> - -</caution -> - -<tip -> -<para ->You can get more information about this and how to own a free domain at <ulink url="http://www.qad.org/faq/faq-messageid.html" ->http://www.qad.org/faq/faq-messageid.html</ulink ->.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Hostname</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Here you enter the Hostname of your computer; this is used to generate the Message-ID. If you do not have your own domain you should not activate this option — let the newsserver generate a Message-ID for you. Using the example above this would be: <userinput ->kde.org</userinput ->.</para> +<para>In the English newsgroups 7-bit encoding is quite normal.</para> +</tip> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Use own default charset when replying</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this option is active, &knode; uses your default charset for replying instead of the charset of the article you're answering on.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Generate Message-ID</guilabel></title> + +<para>When this is active, &knode; generates its own Message-IDs for all articles you post.</para> + +<caution> +<para>The Message-ID must be unique worldwide: there would otherwise be collisions between messages with the same Message-ID and the news server would reject the second article because it thinks this article has already been received.</para> + +<para>A Message-ID consists of a valid <acronym>FQDN</acronym> (Full Qualified Domain Name); this means it looks similar to an email address with an identification before the <literal>@</literal> and the domain.</para> + +<para>The identification is generated by &knode; automatically, but you must provide a valid domain name in <guilabel>Hostname</guilabel>; if you do not have your own domain, you should not activate this option — let the newsserver generate a Message-ID for you.</para> + +<example> +<title>Message-ID</title> + +<para>An example for a valid domain would be: <literal>kde.org</literal>; a Message-ID generated with this domain would look like:</para> + +<screen>[email protected]</screen> +</example> + +<para>An unique identification is only guaranteed if you have your own domain. Even when you do not use &knode; for generating your Message-IDs there may be collisions when you are using a local newsserver; for example, <application>leafnode</application> generates a Message-ID which it derives from the local hostname.</para> + +</caution> + +<tip> +<para>You can get more information about this and how to own a free domain at <ulink url="http://www.qad.org/faq/faq-messageid.html">http://www.qad.org/faq/faq-messageid.html</ulink>.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Hostname</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you enter the Hostname of your computer; this is used to generate the Message-ID. If you do not have your own domain you should not activate this option — let the newsserver generate a Message-ID for you. Using the example above this would be: <userinput>kde.org</userinput>.</para> </sect3> -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->X-Headers</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Here you can enter X-Headers which are not provided by &knode;; for example, <userinput ->X-No-Archive: yes</userinput ->, which can be used to prevent your articles from being archived by archive services such as Google.</para> - -<para ->X-Headers are experimental headers, which are not included in the standard for Internet-Messages; they are, for example, used for extended information transfer. To prevent collisions with later standard headers, they have a <quote ->X-</quote -> prefix.</para> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Don't add the "User-Agent" identification header</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->When this option is checked &knode; does not include the corresponding line in the Header before posting.</para> - -<para ->This header is used for identification of the newsreader the article was written in; apart from statistical reasons, this allows non-standard newsreaders to be identified. You should not activate this option — &knode; has no need to hide.</para -> </sect3 -> +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>X-Headers</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you can enter X-Headers which are not provided by &knode;; for example, <userinput>X-No-Archive: yes</userinput>, which can be used to prevent your articles from being archived by archive services such as Google.</para> + +<para>X-Headers are experimental headers, which are not included in the standard for Internet-Messages; they are, for example, used for extended information transfer. To prevent collisions with later standard headers, they have a <quote>X-</quote> prefix.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Don't add the "User-Agent" identification header</guilabel></title> + +<para>When this option is checked &knode; does not include the corresponding line in the Header before posting.</para> + +<para>This header is used for identification of the newsreader the article was written in; apart from statistical reasons, this allows non-standard newsreaders to be identified. You should not activate this option — &knode; has no need to hide.</para> </sect3> </sect2> -<sect2 id="knode-composer-settings" -> -<title ->The Composer Settings</title -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->The Composer Settings dialogue</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-composer-settings.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->The Composer Settings dialogue</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->The Composer Settings dialogue</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Word-wrap at column</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Here you can set the column number at which &knode; wraps the line; also, you can deactivate the automatic word-wrapping completely.</para -> - -<tip -> -<para ->It is recommended to use no more than 76 characters even if you are able to display more: many Usenet users use text-based newsreaders which can not display more than 80 characters and it is difficult to read your articles in such a newsreader if you increase this value — this would reduce the probability of your articles being read at all.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Append signature automatically</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->When you write a new <glossterm ->article</glossterm -> or a <glossterm ->followup</glossterm ->, your <glossterm ->signature</glossterm -> is appended automatically if you have configured one in <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Identity</guilabel -></menuchoice ->.</para> +<sect2 id="knode-composer-settings"> +<title>The Composer Settings</title> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>The Composer Settings dialogue</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-composer-settings.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>The Composer Settings dialogue</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>The Composer Settings dialogue</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Word-wrap at column</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you can set the column number at which &knode; wraps the line; also, you can deactivate the automatic word-wrapping completely.</para> + +<tip> +<para>It is recommended to use no more than 76 characters even if you are able to display more: many Usenet users use text-based newsreaders which can not display more than 80 characters and it is difficult to read your articles in such a newsreader if you increase this value — this would reduce the probability of your articles being read at all.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Append signature automatically</guilabel></title> + +<para>When you write a new <glossterm>article</glossterm> or a <glossterm>followup</glossterm>, your <glossterm>signature</glossterm> is appended automatically if you have configured one in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Identity</guilabel></menuchoice>.</para> </sect3> -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Introduction Phrase:</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->When you write a followup, &knode; inserts an introduction phrase before the quoted original text. You can put arbitrary text here; you can also use the variables which &knode; extracts from the original article, ⪚ the name of the author or the date the article was written.</para> - -<para ->The following variable are available:</para> - -<variablelist -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -><varname ->%NAME</varname -></term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The name of the original author;</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -><varname ->%DATE</varname -></term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The date on which the original article was written;</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -><varname ->%EMAIL</varname -></term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The original author's email address;</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -><varname ->%MSID</varname -></term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The Message-ID of the original article;</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -><varname ->%GROUP</varname -></term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The name of the <glossterm ->newsgroup</glossterm -> the article comes from.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -</variablelist -> - -<tip -> -<para ->Keep this short, because this introductory line appears in every followup: a long introductory line can be as repelling as a long signature.</para -> -</tip -> - -<example -> -<title ->An example introductory line</title -> - -<screen -><userinput ->On <varname ->%DATE</varname -> <varname ->%NAME</varname -> wrote in <varname ->%MSID</varname -></userinput -></screen -> - -<para ->Let us assume the original article was written by Konqui on Saturday the 17th of June at 17:42:32 - 0500. The article has the Message-ID <[email protected]>. &knode; will then insert the following introductionary line.</para -> - -<screen -><computeroutput ->On Sat, 17 Jun 2000 17:42:32 +0200 Konqui wrote in -<[email protected]>:</computeroutput -></screen -> - -</example -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Rewrap quoted text automatically</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->When this is checked, the quoted text is wrapped at the correct border value; hence, every new line will be at the correct quoting level.</para -> +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Introduction Phrase:</guilabel></title> + +<para>When you write a followup, &knode; inserts an introduction phrase before the quoted original text. You can put arbitrary text here; you can also use the variables which &knode; extracts from the original article, ⪚ the name of the author or the date the article was written.</para> + +<para>The following variable are available:</para> + +<variablelist> +<varlistentry> +<term><varname>%NAME</varname></term> +<listitem> +<para>The name of the original author;</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term><varname>%DATE</varname></term> +<listitem> +<para>The date on which the original article was written;</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term><varname>%EMAIL</varname></term> +<listitem> +<para>The original author's email address;</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term><varname>%MSID</varname></term> +<listitem> +<para>The Message-ID of the original article;</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term><varname>%GROUP</varname></term> +<listitem> +<para>The name of the <glossterm>newsgroup</glossterm> the article comes from.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +</variablelist> + +<tip> +<para>Keep this short, because this introductory line appears in every followup: a long introductory line can be as repelling as a long signature.</para> +</tip> + +<example> +<title>An example introductory line</title> + +<screen><userinput>On <varname>%DATE</varname> <varname>%NAME</varname> wrote in <varname>%MSID</varname></userinput></screen> + +<para>Let us assume the original article was written by Konqui on Saturday the 17th of June at 17:42:32 - 0500. The article has the Message-ID <[email protected]>. &knode; will then insert the following introductionary line.</para> + +<screen><computeroutput>On Sat, 17 Jun 2000 17:42:32 +0200 Konqui wrote in +<[email protected]>:</computeroutput></screen> + +</example> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Rewrap quoted text automatically</guilabel></title> + +<para>When this is checked, the quoted text is wrapped at the correct border value; hence, every new line will be at the correct quoting level.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Include the author's signature</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Include the author's signature</guilabel></title> -<para ->When this is activated not only the text of the original message, but also the signature of the author, is quoted in a reply.</para> +<para>When this is activated not only the text of the original message, but also the signature of the author, is quoted in a reply.</para> <tip> -<para ->Quoting a signature is unnecessary and is often considered impolite.</para> +<para>Quoting a signature is unnecessary and is often considered impolite.</para> </tip> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Put the cursor below the introduction phrase</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Put the cursor below the introduction phrase</guilabel></title> -<para ->Normally the cursor will appear below the whole message when answering; with this option turned on the cursor appears below the introduction phrase.</para> +<para>Normally the cursor will appear below the whole message when answering; with this option turned on the cursor appears below the introduction phrase.</para> <tip> -<para ->This is especially helpful if you quote an article and wish to write between the quoted lines from top to bottom.</para> +<para>This is especially helpful if you quote an article and wish to write between the quoted lines from top to bottom.</para> </tip> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Define external editor</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->You can define an external editor here which is opened by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Start external editor</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> in the Composer window.</para -> - -<para ->When <guilabel ->Start external editor automatically</guilabel -> is checked the external editor is opened directly.</para> +<title><guilabel>Define external editor</guilabel></title> + +<para>You can define an external editor here which is opened by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Start external editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the Composer window.</para> + +<para>When <guilabel>Start external editor automatically</guilabel> is checked the external editor is opened directly.</para> <caution> -<para ->Notice the <varname ->%f</varname -> after the name of the editor: this is a variable for the filename of the article you want to edit; do not delete this — you will get an error message when opening the external editor if you do.</para> +<para>Notice the <varname>%f</varname> after the name of the editor: this is a variable for the filename of the article you want to edit; do not delete this — you will get an error message when opening the external editor if you do.</para> </caution> <tip> -<para ->If you have problems with starting your external editor, the reason may be that the editor starting in "the background"; this is called forking: &knode; only notices the sub-process started and has finished, and thinks you have quit the editor. The editor <application ->gvim</application -> is an example for this; you can disable the forking of <application ->gvim</application -> with the commandline switch <option ->-f</option ->. It is recommended that you refer to the documentation of your editor you are experiencing this problem.</para> - -<para ->If you want to use <application ->gvim</application -> in <guilabel ->Specify Editor</guilabel -> enter the following:</para> +<para>If you have problems with starting your external editor, the reason may be that the editor starting in "the background"; this is called forking: &knode; only notices the sub-process started and has finished, and thinks you have quit the editor. The editor <application>gvim</application> is an example for this; you can disable the forking of <application>gvim</application> with the commandline switch <option>-f</option>. It is recommended that you refer to the documentation of your editor you are experiencing this problem.</para> + +<para>If you want to use <application>gvim</application> in <guilabel>Specify Editor</guilabel> enter the following:</para> <para> -<userinput ->gvim -f %f</userinput> +<userinput>gvim -f %f</userinput> </para> </tip> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Start external editor automatically</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Start external editor automatically</guilabel></title> -<para ->If this option is active the external editor will be used for editing articles.</para> +<para>If this option is active the external editor will be used for editing articles.</para> </sect3> </sect2> <sect2> -<title -><guilabel ->Spelling</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Spelling</guilabel></title> -<para ->Here you can configure the behaviour of the spell checker.</para> +<para>Here you can configure the behaviour of the spell checker.</para> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Create root/affix not in dictionary</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Create root/affix not in dictionary</guilabel></title> -<para ->If this is checked a known word-root with an unknown affix will be automatically accepted as a new word.</para> +<para>If this is checked a known word-root with an unknown affix will be automatically accepted as a new word.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Consider run-together words as spelling errors</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Consider run-together words as spelling errors</guilabel></title> -<para ->Here you can toggle if two known words that run together to form an unknown word should be treated as an error or not.)</para> +<para>Here you can toggle if two known words that run together to form an unknown word should be treated as an error or not.)</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Dictionary</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Dictionary</guilabel></title> -<para ->Here you chose the dictionary the spell-checker should use.</para> +<para>Here you chose the dictionary the spell-checker should use.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Encoding</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Encoding</guilabel></title> -<para ->Here you can tell &knode; which encoding should be used for spell checking; for English text this should normally be <acronym ->US-ASCII</acronym ->.</para> +<para>Here you can tell &knode; which encoding should be used for spell checking; for English text this should normally be <acronym>US-ASCII</acronym>.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Client</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->Here you can switch between the spell-checkers; you can use <application ->International Ispell</application -> or <application ->Aspell</application ->.</para> +<title><guilabel>Client</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you can switch between the spell-checkers; you can use <application>International Ispell</application> or <application>Aspell</application>.</para> </sect3> </sect2> <sect2> -<title -><guilabel ->Signing and verifying</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->Here you can configure &knode; for signing articles with <application ->GnuPG</application -> or <application ->PGP</application ->. Your <application ->GnuPG</application ->/<application ->PGP</application -> <acronym ->ID</acronym -> will be built automatically from your configured name and email address; it is identical to the from line in the header of the <glossterm ->article</glossterm ->.</para> +<title><guilabel>Signing and verifying</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you can configure &knode; for signing articles with <application>GnuPG</application> or <application>PGP</application>. Your <application>GnuPG</application>/<application>PGP</application> <acronym>ID</acronym> will be built automatically from your configured name and email address; it is identical to the from line in the header of the <glossterm>article</glossterm>.</para> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Encryption tool</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Encryption tool</guilabel></title> -<para ->Here you can choose your encryption tool.</para> +<para>Here you can choose your encryption tool.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Keep passphrase in memory</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Keep passphrase in memory</guilabel></title> -<para ->If this option is active you only need to type the passphrase for your private key once; &knode; will remember your passphrase until you close &knode; again.</para> +<para>If this option is active you only need to type the passphrase for your private key once; &knode; will remember your passphrase until you close &knode; again.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Show ciphered/signed text after composing</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Show ciphered/signed text after composing</guilabel></title> -<para ->If this option is activated &knode; will show the signed message in an extra window for confirmation before changing it in the editor.</para> +<para>If this option is activated &knode; will show the signed message in an extra window for confirmation before changing it in the editor.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title ->Always show the encryption keys for approval</title> +<title>Always show the encryption keys for approval</title> -<para ->If you are using public newsgroups (on Usenet) you can safely ignore this option as it would not be useful to encrypt messages sent to Usenet; this option may, however, be useful in private newsgroups on private networks where encryption is desired.</para> +<para>If you are using public newsgroups (on Usenet) you can safely ignore this option as it would not be useful to encrypt messages sent to Usenet; this option may, however, be useful in private newsgroups on private networks where encryption is desired.</para> <!-- FIXME: LW - I can see use for --> <!-- encryption, on private networks etc. This needs a rewrite --> <!-- AndrewColes: is this revision any better? --> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Check signatures automatically</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If this is marked, the <application ->PGP</application -> signature of the article is automatically checked when showing the article; if there's no mark, you can check the signature for correctness manually with the <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Verify PGP-Signature</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> menu entry.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -</sect2 -> - - -<sect2 id="knode-article-cleanup" -> -<title ->The article-cleanup settings.</title -> - -<para ->The dialogue below shows the settings for the article cleanup; these settings are used to keep the number of articles on your local harddisk to a reasonable number. &knode; administrates the articles in memory so there can be some decrease in speed if you have to many articles lying around; most of the time it makes no sense to keep articles for a very long time. Services like Google and Altavista make archiving unnecessary.</para> - -<caution -> -<para ->&knode; isn't an offline reader, so all of the configuration refers to the headers which are managed by &knode;; if you are running a local news server, such as <application ->leafnode</application ->, you should refer to its documentation to handle expiring the articles on the server — &knode; cannot do this for you.</para> -</caution -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->The cleanup settings</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-cleanup.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->The cleanup settings</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->The cleanup settings</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Expire old articles automatically</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->When this option is active all subscribed groups are checked for old articles in the time interval set here; the old articles will then be deleted.</para> +<title><guilabel>Check signatures automatically</guilabel></title> + +<para>If this is marked, the <application>PGP</application> signature of the article is automatically checked when showing the article; if there's no mark, you can check the signature for correctness manually with the <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Verify PGP-Signature</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu entry.</para> + +</sect3> + +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="knode-article-cleanup"> +<title>The article-cleanup settings.</title> + +<para>The dialogue below shows the settings for the article cleanup; these settings are used to keep the number of articles on your local harddisk to a reasonable number. &knode; administrates the articles in memory so there can be some decrease in speed if you have to many articles lying around; most of the time it makes no sense to keep articles for a very long time. Services like Google and Altavista make archiving unnecessary.</para> + +<caution> +<para>&knode; isn't an offline reader, so all of the configuration refers to the headers which are managed by &knode;; if you are running a local news server, such as <application>leafnode</application>, you should refer to its documentation to handle expiring the articles on the server — &knode; cannot do this for you.</para> +</caution> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>The cleanup settings</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-cleanup.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>The cleanup settings</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>The cleanup settings</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Expire old articles automatically</guilabel></title> + +<para>When this option is active all subscribed groups are checked for old articles in the time interval set here; the old articles will then be deleted.</para> <tip> -<para ->You can force this check by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Group</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Expire group</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -></para -> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Purge groups every</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->Here you can configure how often subscribed groups should be checked for old <glossterm ->article</glossterm ->s and how often those articles should be deleted; this option only has an effect when <guilabel ->Expire old articles automatically</guilabel -> is selected.</para> +<para>You can force this check by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Group</guimenu><guimenuitem>Expire group</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para> +</tip> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Purge groups every</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you can configure how often subscribed groups should be checked for old <glossterm>article</glossterm>s and how often those articles should be deleted; this option only has an effect when <guilabel>Expire old articles automatically</guilabel> is selected.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Keep read articles</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Keep read articles</guilabel></title> -<para ->Read articles are deleted by the next cleanup if they are older than this value; &knode; uses the creation date for this.</para> +<para>Read articles are deleted by the next cleanup if they are older than this value; &knode; uses the creation date for this.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Keep unread articles</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Keep unread articles</guilabel></title> -<para ->Unread articles are deleted by the next cleanup if they are older than this value; &knode; uses the creation date for this.</para> +<para>Unread articles are deleted by the next cleanup if they are older than this value; &knode; uses the creation date for this.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Remove articles that are not available on the server</guilabel -></title> +<title><guilabel>Remove articles that are not available on the server</guilabel></title> -<para ->It may happen that you'll see a <glossterm ->header</glossterm -> in &knode; but the article is not available on the server; if this option is set, those articles will automatically deleted in &knode;.</para> +<para>It may happen that you'll see a <glossterm>header</glossterm> in &knode; but the article is not available on the server; if this option is set, those articles will automatically deleted in &knode;.</para> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Preserve threads</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->This selection forces a thread to be deleted only if all articles contained in it fulfil the delete conditions; this means that a thread will not be deleted until the last article in the thread should be deleted.</para -> - -<para ->This prevents old articles in a long thread from vanishing before the discussion has ended.</para> - -<caution -> -<para ->&knode; can not predict whether there will be a reply after the set conditions are fulfilled; you will have to find your own settings for this. Some newsgroups have days between replies; others only hours. Use your own judgement.</para -> -</caution -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Compact folders automatically</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->This option refers to the memory behaviour of &knode;. If an <glossterm ->article</glossterm -> in a folder is deleted it will be marked as deleted but still take up space on your hard disk; with this option you can tell &knode; to actually delete the articles and free the hard-disk space regularly.</para> +<title><guilabel>Preserve threads</guilabel></title> + +<para>This selection forces a thread to be deleted only if all articles contained in it fulfil the delete conditions; this means that a thread will not be deleted until the last article in the thread should be deleted.</para> + +<para>This prevents old articles in a long thread from vanishing before the discussion has ended.</para> + +<caution> +<para>&knode; can not predict whether there will be a reply after the set conditions are fulfilled; you will have to find your own settings for this. Some newsgroups have days between replies; others only hours. Use your own judgement.</para> +</caution> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Compact folders automatically</guilabel></title> + +<para>This option refers to the memory behaviour of &knode;. If an <glossterm>article</glossterm> in a folder is deleted it will be marked as deleted but still take up space on your hard disk; with this option you can tell &knode; to actually delete the articles and free the hard-disk space regularly.</para> <tip> -<para ->You can force this check by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Compact folder</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> or for all folders together with <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Folder</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Compact all folders</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->.</para> +<para>You can force this check by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Folder</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compact folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or for all folders together with <menuchoice><guimenu>Folder</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compact all folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para> </tip> </sect3> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Purge folders every</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->Here you can configure how often the folder is checked for deleted articles; this option only has an effect if the <guilabel ->Compact folders automatically</guilabel -> is set.</para> +<title><guilabel>Purge folders every</guilabel></title> + +<para>Here you can configure how often the folder is checked for deleted articles; this option only has an effect if the <guilabel>Compact folders automatically</guilabel> is set.</para> </sect3> </sect2> diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-morefeatures.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-morefeatures.docbook index 925be293bb3..11789163099 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-morefeatures.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-morefeatures.docbook @@ -1,1278 +1,485 @@ <sect1 id="more-knode-features"> -<title ->The Advanced &knode; Features</title> +<title>The Advanced &knode; Features</title> <sect2 id="using-filters"> -<title ->Defining and Using Filters</title> +<title>Defining and Using Filters</title> -<para ->You may already have read about using filters in the chapter explaining the configuration of &knode;; there, we were talking about the built-in filters provided by &knode; there. You can configure the built-in filters like all the others. The screenshot below shows the dialogue box for configuring the filters.</para> +<para>You may already have read about using filters in the chapter explaining the configuration of &knode;; there, we were talking about the built-in filters provided by &knode; there. You can configure the built-in filters like all the others. The screenshot below shows the dialogue box for configuring the filters.</para> -<tip -><para ->While filters and scoring are very powerful and have many uses, one of the most common requirements is simply to add all posts written by someone you don't wish to read to a <quote ->killfile</quote ->. At the <link linkend="killfiles" ->end of this section</link -> is a quick guide to using filters and scores to create such a killfile.</para -></tip> +<tip><para>While filters and scoring are very powerful and have many uses, one of the most common requirements is simply to add all posts written by someone you don't wish to read to a <quote>killfile</quote>. At the <link linkend="killfiles">end of this section</link> is a quick guide to using filters and scores to create such a killfile.</para></tip> <screenshot> -<screeninfo ->The <guilabel ->New Filter</guilabel -> dialogue</screeninfo> +<screeninfo>The <guilabel>New Filter</guilabel> dialogue</screeninfo> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="knode-edit-filter.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <textobject> -<phrase ->The <guilabel ->New Filter</guilabel -> dialogue</phrase> +<phrase>The <guilabel>New Filter</guilabel> dialogue</phrase> </textobject> <caption> -<para ->The <guilabel ->New Filter</guilabel -> dialogue</para> +<para>The <guilabel>New Filter</guilabel> dialogue</para> </caption> </mediaobject> </screenshot> -<para ->First we will create a new filter. You may, at some point, want to find your own articles amongst all the others; or, you may not want to see the articles posted by a particular person at all: both cases can be solved by a simple filter on the Sender. Here are some examples:</para -> - -<procedure -> -<title ->Do Not Show The Articles by a Particular Person</title -> -<step performance="required" -> -<para -><menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->Filters</guilabel -></menuchoice -></para -> -</step -> -<step performance="required" -> -<para ->Select <guibutton ->New...</guibutton -></para> -</step -> -<step performance="required" -> -<para ->Insert <userinput ->Do not show idiot</userinput -> in the Text Box <guilabel ->Name</guilabel -></para -> -</step -> -<step performance="required" -> -<para ->To make the filter appear on the menu, check <guilabel ->Show in menu</guilabel ->.</para> -</step -> -<step performance="required" -> -<para ->Go to the <guilabel ->From</guilabel -> area.</para -> -</step -> -<step performance="required" -> -<para ->Choose <guilabel ->Does NOT contain</guilabel -> from the drop-down box.</para -> +<para>First we will create a new filter. You may, at some point, want to find your own articles amongst all the others; or, you may not want to see the articles posted by a particular person at all: both cases can be solved by a simple filter on the Sender. Here are some examples:</para> + +<procedure> +<title>Do Not Show The Articles by a Particular Person</title> +<step performance="required"> +<para><menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>Filters</guilabel></menuchoice></para> +</step> +<step performance="required"> +<para>Select <guibutton>New...</guibutton></para> +</step> +<step performance="required"> +<para>Insert <userinput>Do not show idiot</userinput> in the Text Box <guilabel>Name</guilabel></para> +</step> +<step performance="required"> +<para>To make the filter appear on the menu, check <guilabel>Show in menu</guilabel>.</para> +</step> +<step performance="required"> +<para>Go to the <guilabel>From</guilabel> area.</para> +</step> +<step performance="required"> +<para>Choose <guilabel>Does NOT contain</guilabel> from the drop-down box.</para> </step> -<step performance="required" -> -<para ->Insert the name of the person you want to ignore in the now- active Text Box; for example, <userinput ->Idiot</userinput ->.</para> -</step -> -<step performance="required" -> -<para ->Confirm the filter settings with <guibutton ->OK</guibutton ->.</para> +<step performance="required"> +<para>Insert the name of the person you want to ignore in the now- active Text Box; for example, <userinput>Idiot</userinput>.</para> +</step> +<step performance="required"> +<para>Confirm the filter settings with <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> </step> </procedure> -<para ->The filter now shows all articles, except the ones containing <quote ->Idiot</quote -> in the From: line.</para> +<para>The filter now shows all articles, except the ones containing <quote>Idiot</quote> in the From: line.</para> -<para ->You can combine the settings of the 'Subject + From' tab with the settings on the other tabs. For example:</para> +<para>You can combine the settings of the 'Subject + From' tab with the settings on the other tabs. For example:</para> <procedure> -<title ->Show only discussion with unread follow-ups on own articles.</title> +<title>Show only discussion with unread follow-ups on own articles.</title> <step> -<para -><menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->Filters</guilabel -></menuchoice -></para> +<para><menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>Filters</guilabel></menuchoice></para> </step> <step> -<para ->Select the predefined filter <guilabel ->threads with own articles</guilabel -></para> +<para>Select the predefined filter <guilabel>threads with own articles</guilabel></para> </step> <step> -<para ->Select <guibutton ->Copy</guibutton -></para> +<para>Select <guibutton>Copy</guibutton></para> </step> <step> -<para ->Insert <userinput ->My threads with unread</userinput -> in the <guilabel ->Name</guilabel -> field.</para> +<para>Insert <userinput>My threads with unread</userinput> in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field.</para> </step> <step> -<para ->Select the <guilabel ->Status</guilabel -> tab</para> +<para>Select the <guilabel>Status</guilabel> tab</para> </step> <step> -<para ->Select <guilabel ->has new followups</guilabel -></para> +<para>Select <guilabel>has new followups</guilabel></para> </step> <step> -<para ->Select <guilabel ->true</guilabel -> in the drop-down box next to it.</para> +<para>Select <guilabel>true</guilabel> in the drop-down box next to it.</para> </step> <step> -<para ->Confirm the filter settings with <guibutton ->OK</guibutton -></para> -<para ->This filter shows all the threads your are participating in which have unread messages; also, you have seen the possibility of using existing filters as a base for new ones: this makes life easier for complex filters.</para> +<para>Confirm the filter settings with <guibutton>OK</guibutton></para> +<para>This filter shows all the threads your are participating in which have unread messages; also, you have seen the possibility of using existing filters as a base for new ones: this makes life easier for complex filters.</para> </step> </procedure> <procedure> -<title ->Show all articles, no older than 3 days, containing KNode in the subject.</title> -<step -> -<para -><menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->Filters</guilabel -></menuchoice -></para> +<title>Show all articles, no older than 3 days, containing KNode in the subject.</title> +<step> +<para><menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>Filters</guilabel></menuchoice></para> </step> <step> -<para ->Select <guibutton ->Add</guibutton -></para> +<para>Select <guibutton>Add</guibutton></para> </step> <step> -<para ->Insert <userinput ->Latest KNode threads</userinput -> in the <guilabel ->Name</guilabel -> field.</para> +<para>Insert <userinput>Latest KNode threads</userinput> in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field.</para> </step> <step> -<para ->To make the filter appear in the menu, check <guilabel ->show in menu</guilabel ->.</para -> -</step -> -<step -> -<para ->From the <guilabel ->apply on</guilabel -> drop-down box select <guilabel ->single articles</guilabel -></para -> -</step -> -<step -> -<para ->Go to the <guilabel ->Subject</guilabel -> area and select <guilabel ->does contain</guilabel -> in the drop-down box.</para -> -</step -> -<step -> -<para ->Insert <userinput ->knode</userinput -> in the text box.</para> -</step -> -<step -> -<para ->Change to the <guilabel ->Additional</guilabel -> tab</para -> +<para>To make the filter appear in the menu, check <guilabel>show in menu</guilabel>.</para> +</step> +<step> +<para>From the <guilabel>apply on</guilabel> drop-down box select <guilabel>single articles</guilabel></para> +</step> +<step> +<para>Go to the <guilabel>Subject</guilabel> area and select <guilabel>does contain</guilabel> in the drop-down box.</para> +</step> +<step> +<para>Insert <userinput>knode</userinput> in the text box.</para> +</step> +<step> +<para>Change to the <guilabel>Additional</guilabel> tab</para> </step> -<step -> -<para ->Select the <guilabel ->Age</guilabel -> check box</para -> -</step -> -<step -> -<para ->Enter the following settings: <guilabel ->0 < days <= 3</guilabel -></para -> -</step -> -<step -> -<para ->Confirm the filter settings with <guibutton ->OK</guibutton -></para> -<para ->This filter, now, shows all articles, no older than 3 days, containing <emphasis ->knode</emphasis -> in the subject.</para -> -</step -> -</procedure -> +<step> +<para>Select the <guilabel>Age</guilabel> check box</para> +</step> +<step> +<para>Enter the following settings: <guilabel>0 < days <= 3</guilabel></para> +</step> +<step> +<para>Confirm the filter settings with <guibutton>OK</guibutton></para> +<para>This filter, now, shows all articles, no older than 3 days, containing <emphasis>knode</emphasis> in the subject.</para> +</step> +</procedure> <sect3 id="killfiles"> -<title ->Creating a Killfile</title> +<title>Creating a Killfile</title> -<para ->&knode; offers viewing filters (<guilabel ->all</guilabel ->, <guilabel ->unread only</guilabel ->, <guilabel ->my posts</guilabel -> &etc;) and scoring filters (threads and articles start with a score of zero and can be adjusted according to author, thread &etc;).</para> +<para>&knode; offers viewing filters (<guilabel>all</guilabel>, <guilabel>unread only</guilabel>, <guilabel>my posts</guilabel> &etc;) and scoring filters (threads and articles start with a score of zero and can be adjusted according to author, thread &etc;).</para> -<para ->Using viewing filters you could hide articles according to poster, but this is not really suitable when you want to kill several posters universally.</para> +<para>Using viewing filters you could hide articles according to poster, but this is not really suitable when you want to kill several posters universally.</para> -<para ->Using the scoring gives lots of control but filters only at the thread level, i.e. you can watch and ignore threads; the disadvantage of this, however, is that you may lose otherwise-useful threads just because of one poster.</para> +<para>Using the scoring gives lots of control but filters only at the thread level, i.e. you can watch and ignore threads; the disadvantage of this, however, is that you may lose otherwise-useful threads just because of one poster.</para> -<para ->The solution is to use these in combination.</para> +<para>The solution is to use these in combination.</para> <procedure> -<title ->Creating a Killfile</title> +<title>Creating a Killfile</title> <step> -<para ->Go to <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->Filters</guilabel -></menuchoice ->.</para> +<para>Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode</guimenuitem><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>Filters</guilabel></menuchoice>.</para> </step> <step> -<para ->Create a new filter below <guilabel ->unread</guilabel ->, called <userinput ->killfile on</userinput ->. Be sure that <guilabel ->Apply to single articles</guilabel -> is set and then click on the <guilabel ->Additional</guilabel -> tab. Set score <quote ->equal to or less than zero</quote -> (<guilabel -><=</guilabel ->); then click the <guibutton ->OK</guibutton -> until you have exited the dialogue.</para> +<para>Create a new filter below <guilabel>unread</guilabel>, called <userinput>killfile on</userinput>. Be sure that <guilabel>Apply to single articles</guilabel> is set and then click on the <guilabel>Additional</guilabel> tab. Set score <quote>equal to or less than zero</quote> (<guilabel><=</guilabel>); then click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> until you have exited the dialogue.</para> </step> <step> -<para ->Open an article whose author should be killed and just type <keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->L</keycap -></keycombo ->(or select, from the <guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -> menu, <guimenuitem ->Lower Score for Author</guimenuitem ->). This opens the Rule Editor (a part of scoring). You can optionally give the rule a name that matches the author (<userinput ->Kook</userinput ->, for example.) and then, if this is to be permanent, uncheck the <guilabel ->expire automatically</guilabel -> box; you'll see that this rule will change the author's score to minus ten (or the score you entered); finally, click <guibutton ->OK</guibutton ->.</para> +<para>Open an article whose author should be killed and just type <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>(or select, from the <guimenu>Scoring</guimenu> menu, <guimenuitem>Lower Score for Author</guimenuitem>). This opens the Rule Editor (a part of scoring). You can optionally give the rule a name that matches the author (<userinput>Kook</userinput>, for example.) and then, if this is to be permanent, uncheck the <guilabel>expire automatically</guilabel> box; you'll see that this rule will change the author's score to minus ten (or the score you entered); finally, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> </step> <step> -<para ->Go to the menu item <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guisubmenu ->Filter</guisubmenu -><guimenuitem ->killfile on.</guimenuitem -> </menuchoice -></para> +<para>Go to the menu item <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Filter</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>killfile on.</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></para> </step> </procedure> -<para ->This will cause any articles with scores less than zero will disappear; to kill additional authors you only need repeat the <keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->L</keycap -></keycombo -> part of these instructions.</para> +<para>This will cause any articles with scores less than zero will disappear; to kill additional authors you only need repeat the <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> part of these instructions.</para> </sect3> -</sect2 -> +</sect2> -<sect2 id="knode-editor-advanced" -> -<title ->The Composer</title -> +<sect2 id="knode-editor-advanced"> +<title>The Composer</title> <anchor id="anc-knode-editor-advanced"/> -<para ->The &knode; composer provides many features, especially for posting and replying to articles.</para -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Publish Articles in Multiple Newsgroups</title> - -<para ->By selecting the Button <guilabel ->Browse</guilabel -> you can choose additional newsgroups you want to publish your article in.</para -> - -<caution -> -<para ->It is generally undesirable to post articles in multiple newsgroups: please think twice about it; if you are not sure where to post your article ask in one of the possible groups — somebody will tell you were to post.</para -> -</caution -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Redirect Followups</title -> - -<para ->The main use of this feature is when a thread has gone off topic for the newsgroup in which it is posted; for example, a thread may start in a &kde; newsgroup discussing how to redirect a followup in &knode;, but may leads to a discussion about graphical and text based newsreaders.</para> - -<para ->Sometimes it happens that usenet users post an article into the wrong newsgroup; very often those articles are just ignored. If it looks like the author did this unintentionally, you might like to tell them politely and make the followup articles go into the right group.</para> - -<para ->Another reason for using <guilabel ->Followup-To:</guilabel -> is a when dealing with articles cross-posted across in multiple newsgroups: you should take care that the replies are only posted in one single newsgroup.</para -> - -<para ->You can activate this by filling the text box <guilabel ->Followups - To:</guilabel ->; here you can enter the suitable group. If there are multiple newsgroups in the <guilabel ->Groups:</guilabel -> field, they are shown in the drop-down list.</para -> - -<tip -> -<para ->If you enter <userinput ->poster</userinput -> here, instead of a newsgroup, the replies will go directly to the author, not to the newsgroup.</para -> - -<para ->Some people put an email address here, but this is not a valid entry: use <userinput ->poster</userinput -> and correctly set your Reply-To address in the normal &knode; settings.</para> - -</tip -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Working With an External Editor</title -> - -<para ->Using <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Start External Editor</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> you can start an editor of your choice for editing the reply; this way you can use your preferred Editor for writing articles and e-mails.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Spelling</title -> - -<para ->By selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Spelling</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->, you can check the article in the composer for spelling errors.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Sending Attachments</title -> - -<para ->By selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Attach</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Attach File</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> you can open the File Selection Dialogue Box; here you can choose the file you want to attach.</para -> - -<para ->Most of the time, &knode; determines the correct <acronym ->MIME</acronym -> type for the attachment; if &knode; detects it incorrectly, you can correct the <acronym ->MIME</acronym -> type manually.</para> - -<para ->This screenshot shows the Composer with 2 attachments: a text file and a PNG picture.</para -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->Sending Attachments</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-composer-attachments.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->Sending Attachments</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->Sending Attachments</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<caution -> -<para ->Only do this if you know what you're doing! An incorrect <acronym ->MIME</acronym -> type could cause the attachment to be sent incorrectly, or mean that the attachment will not be able to be rebuilt after sending.</para -> -</caution -> - -<tip -> -<para ->The English word attachment is used all over the world; you can use it in your language, too.</para -> -</tip -> - -<important -> -<para ->In most newsgroups, attachments are prohibited: do not send unsolicited attachments; if you are asked to send them, look who is asking for them — normally, the person will want you to send them by email.</para -> - -<para ->The news server will probably reject articles with attachments for most groups anyway; those that do accept attachments normally have the word <quote ->binaries</quote -> in their name. Some news servers even stop carrying non-binaries newsgroups that continuously receive attachments.</para> -</important -> -</sect3 -> -</sect2 -> - -<sect2 -> -<title ->Searching for Articles</title -> - -<para ->Sooner or later, you will want to search for one specific article; the &knode; search feature is an easy way to do this.</para -> - -<para ->You can reach the search function by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Edit</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Search Articles...</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> or the by pressing <keycap ->F4</keycap ->. The screenshot below shows the Search Dialogue Box.</para -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->The Search Dialogue Box</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-search.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->The Search Dialogue Box</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->The Search Dialogue Box</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<para ->The Search Dialogue Box has four tabs which allow several search criteria: the first tab contains the settings for the <guilabel ->Subject</guilabel -> and <guilabel ->From</guilabel -> criteria; the second tab contains the settings for the <guilabel ->message-IDs</guilabel -> of an article and its references; the third tab contains the settings for the <guilabel ->Status</guilabel -> of an article; the fourth tab, <guilabel ->Additional</guilabel ->, contains the remaining criteria.</para> - -<para ->You have probably already noticed the similarities between the Filter Dialogue Box and the Search Dialogue Box: the usage is the same and should not be too complicated if you have already defined your own filters.</para -> - -<para ->&knode; always searches in the currently-active newsgroup; a search in all newsgroups is not possible at the moment. After the Search has finished the articles found appear in the article view; when you close the Search Dialogue Box using <guibutton ->Close</guibutton -> the search results are deleted, and the old view of the newsgroup appears again.</para -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Start Search</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->With this button you start the Search with the search criteria you defined; all articles in the selected newsgroup, fulfilling these criteria, appear in the article view.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->New Search</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->This button resets all search criteria.</para> +<para>The &knode; composer provides many features, especially for posting and replying to articles.</para> + +<sect3> +<title>Publish Articles in Multiple Newsgroups</title> + +<para>By selecting the Button <guilabel>Browse</guilabel> you can choose additional newsgroups you want to publish your article in.</para> + +<caution> +<para>It is generally undesirable to post articles in multiple newsgroups: please think twice about it; if you are not sure where to post your article ask in one of the possible groups — somebody will tell you were to post.</para> +</caution> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>Redirect Followups</title> + +<para>The main use of this feature is when a thread has gone off topic for the newsgroup in which it is posted; for example, a thread may start in a &kde; newsgroup discussing how to redirect a followup in &knode;, but may leads to a discussion about graphical and text based newsreaders.</para> + +<para>Sometimes it happens that usenet users post an article into the wrong newsgroup; very often those articles are just ignored. If it looks like the author did this unintentionally, you might like to tell them politely and make the followup articles go into the right group.</para> + +<para>Another reason for using <guilabel>Followup-To:</guilabel> is a when dealing with articles cross-posted across in multiple newsgroups: you should take care that the replies are only posted in one single newsgroup.</para> + +<para>You can activate this by filling the text box <guilabel>Followups - To:</guilabel>; here you can enter the suitable group. If there are multiple newsgroups in the <guilabel>Groups:</guilabel> field, they are shown in the drop-down list.</para> + +<tip> +<para>If you enter <userinput>poster</userinput> here, instead of a newsgroup, the replies will go directly to the author, not to the newsgroup.</para> + +<para>Some people put an email address here, but this is not a valid entry: use <userinput>poster</userinput> and correctly set your Reply-To address in the normal &knode; settings.</para> + +</tip> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>Working With an External Editor</title> + +<para>Using <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Start External Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> you can start an editor of your choice for editing the reply; this way you can use your preferred Editor for writing articles and e-mails.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>Spelling</title> + +<para>By selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Spelling</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, you can check the article in the composer for spelling errors.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>Sending Attachments</title> + +<para>By selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Attach</guimenu><guimenuitem>Attach File</guimenuitem></menuchoice> you can open the File Selection Dialogue Box; here you can choose the file you want to attach.</para> + +<para>Most of the time, &knode; determines the correct <acronym>MIME</acronym> type for the attachment; if &knode; detects it incorrectly, you can correct the <acronym>MIME</acronym> type manually.</para> + +<para>This screenshot shows the Composer with 2 attachments: a text file and a PNG picture.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>Sending Attachments</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-composer-attachments.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>Sending Attachments</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>Sending Attachments</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<caution> +<para>Only do this if you know what you're doing! An incorrect <acronym>MIME</acronym> type could cause the attachment to be sent incorrectly, or mean that the attachment will not be able to be rebuilt after sending.</para> +</caution> + +<tip> +<para>The English word attachment is used all over the world; you can use it in your language, too.</para> +</tip> + +<important> +<para>In most newsgroups, attachments are prohibited: do not send unsolicited attachments; if you are asked to send them, look who is asking for them — normally, the person will want you to send them by email.</para> + +<para>The news server will probably reject articles with attachments for most groups anyway; those that do accept attachments normally have the word <quote>binaries</quote> in their name. Some news servers even stop carrying non-binaries newsgroups that continuously receive attachments.</para> +</important> +</sect3> +</sect2> + +<sect2> +<title>Searching for Articles</title> + +<para>Sooner or later, you will want to search for one specific article; the &knode; search feature is an easy way to do this.</para> + +<para>You can reach the search function by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Search Articles...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or the by pressing <keycap>F4</keycap>. The screenshot below shows the Search Dialogue Box.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>The Search Dialogue Box</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-search.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>The Search Dialogue Box</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>The Search Dialogue Box</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<para>The Search Dialogue Box has four tabs which allow several search criteria: the first tab contains the settings for the <guilabel>Subject</guilabel> and <guilabel>From</guilabel> criteria; the second tab contains the settings for the <guilabel>message-IDs</guilabel> of an article and its references; the third tab contains the settings for the <guilabel>Status</guilabel> of an article; the fourth tab, <guilabel>Additional</guilabel>, contains the remaining criteria.</para> + +<para>You have probably already noticed the similarities between the Filter Dialogue Box and the Search Dialogue Box: the usage is the same and should not be too complicated if you have already defined your own filters.</para> + +<para>&knode; always searches in the currently-active newsgroup; a search in all newsgroups is not possible at the moment. After the Search has finished the articles found appear in the article view; when you close the Search Dialogue Box using <guibutton>Close</guibutton> the search results are deleted, and the old view of the newsgroup appears again.</para> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Start Search</guilabel></title> + +<para>With this button you start the Search with the search criteria you defined; all articles in the selected newsgroup, fulfilling these criteria, appear in the article view.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>New Search</guilabel></title> + +<para>This button resets all search criteria.</para> -</sect3 -> -</sect2 -> - -<sect2 id="supersede-and-cancel" -> -<title ->Supersede and Cancel Articles</title -> - -<para ->This chapter deals with superseding and cancelling articles. You will not use these two features very often, but they do exist should you, one day, need them.</para -> - -<caution -> -<para ->Both functions need a news server prepared to handle them; you should also remember that there is no guarantee that no one has already read your article before it is superseded or cancelled. </para> - -<para ->So first think, then post.</para -> -</caution -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Cancel</title> - -<para ->Cancelling an article means deleting it from the newsgroup.</para -> - -<para ->Why should you want to cancel an article? Perhaps you flamed somebody in a rage and now you want to get this article out of the newsgroup because you regret what you wrote: a personal insult, read by everybody, doesn't look good, especially when you regret it; so, there is only one thing you can do — cancel the article.</para -> - -<para ->Select the article you want to cancel and choose <guimenuitem ->Cancel article</guimenuitem -> from its context menu. If you are sure it is the right article, confirm &knode;s question with <guibutton ->Yes</guibutton ->. Now you will be asked if you want to send the Cancel message now or later; for this example we decide to send it <guibutton ->Later</guibutton ->. You will notice the new message in the folder <guilabel ->Outbox</guilabel ->.</para -> - -<para ->Now we want to look at the so-called cancel message. In the subject you will find something like:</para -> - -<screen -><computeroutput ->cancel of <[email protected]></computeroutput -> -</screen -> - -<para ->This strange letters between the brackets are the Message-ID of the article you want to cancel. This message tells the newsserver to delete your article: if you look at complete header of this message, by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Show all headers</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->, you will notice a line with the name <emphasis ->control</emphasis -> and the content <emphasis ->cancel <[email protected]></emphasis -> — this line tells the server that this message is a control message and, in our case, tells the server to cancel your article.</para -> - -<para ->You can still delete the control message from the <guilabel ->Outbox</guilabel -> should you change your mind.</para -> - -<caution -> -<para ->Keep in mind that articles can only be identified by their Message-IDs; you need this Message-ID if you want to cancel an article. Normally, your article gets a Message-ID when it arrives at the newsserver — that's why you can only cancel an article once it has been published. The articles in the <guilabel ->Sent</guilabel -> folder have no Message-ID, so you cannot cancel them from there.</para -> - -<para ->There is one exception: if you have configured &knode; to generate a Message-ID you can cancel you articles in folder <guilabel ->Sent</guilabel -> too.</para -> - -<para ->&knode; allows only to cancel your own articles: it refuses to cancel articles from other authors.</para -> -</caution -> +</sect3> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="supersede-and-cancel"> +<title>Supersede and Cancel Articles</title> + +<para>This chapter deals with superseding and cancelling articles. You will not use these two features very often, but they do exist should you, one day, need them.</para> + +<caution> +<para>Both functions need a news server prepared to handle them; you should also remember that there is no guarantee that no one has already read your article before it is superseded or cancelled. </para> + +<para>So first think, then post.</para> +</caution> + +<sect3> +<title>Cancel</title> + +<para>Cancelling an article means deleting it from the newsgroup.</para> + +<para>Why should you want to cancel an article? Perhaps you flamed somebody in a rage and now you want to get this article out of the newsgroup because you regret what you wrote: a personal insult, read by everybody, doesn't look good, especially when you regret it; so, there is only one thing you can do — cancel the article.</para> + +<para>Select the article you want to cancel and choose <guimenuitem>Cancel article</guimenuitem> from its context menu. If you are sure it is the right article, confirm &knode;s question with <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. Now you will be asked if you want to send the Cancel message now or later; for this example we decide to send it <guibutton>Later</guibutton>. You will notice the new message in the folder <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>.</para> + +<para>Now we want to look at the so-called cancel message. In the subject you will find something like:</para> + +<screen><computeroutput>cancel of <[email protected]></computeroutput> +</screen> + +<para>This strange letters between the brackets are the Message-ID of the article you want to cancel. This message tells the newsserver to delete your article: if you look at complete header of this message, by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show all headers</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, you will notice a line with the name <emphasis>control</emphasis> and the content <emphasis>cancel <[email protected]></emphasis> — this line tells the server that this message is a control message and, in our case, tells the server to cancel your article.</para> + +<para>You can still delete the control message from the <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel> should you change your mind.</para> + +<caution> +<para>Keep in mind that articles can only be identified by their Message-IDs; you need this Message-ID if you want to cancel an article. Normally, your article gets a Message-ID when it arrives at the newsserver — that's why you can only cancel an article once it has been published. The articles in the <guilabel>Sent</guilabel> folder have no Message-ID, so you cannot cancel them from there.</para> + +<para>There is one exception: if you have configured &knode; to generate a Message-ID you can cancel you articles in folder <guilabel>Sent</guilabel> too.</para> + +<para>&knode; allows only to cancel your own articles: it refuses to cancel articles from other authors.</para> +</caution> <warning> -<para ->Since the cancel feature is so easily fooled, by newsreaders that let you cancel any post, many news servers do not acknowledge cancel messages from posters; even if your own <acronym ->ISP</acronym -> accepts the cancel and passes it on, many other servers will ignore it <emphasis ->and will not pass it on</emphasis ->.</para> - -<para ->You should consider any previously-sent article, cancelled or not, to be published and publicly available.</para> +<para>Since the cancel feature is so easily fooled, by newsreaders that let you cancel any post, many news servers do not acknowledge cancel messages from posters; even if your own <acronym>ISP</acronym> accepts the cancel and passes it on, many other servers will ignore it <emphasis>and will not pass it on</emphasis>.</para> + +<para>You should consider any previously-sent article, cancelled or not, to be published and publicly available.</para> </warning> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Supersede</title -> - -<para ->Supersede overwrites your article with a new version. One reason for doing this could be:</para -> - -<para ->You have written a long article and have already posted it; now, you have found an error in this article: you could cancel this article, and post a new, corrected, article; or, you can use Supersede.</para -> - -<para ->Select the article in the article view. From its context menu select <guimenuitem ->Supersede article...</guimenuitem ->. &knode; will ask you if you really want to overwrite this article; if you confirm with <guibutton ->Yes</guibutton -> the Composer appears.</para -> - -<para ->In the Composer you can now make the desired corrections and changes. You can then publish this article in the same way as you post every other article; when the newsserver receives this article it reads some special lines in the header which tell the newsserver to supersede the older article. Select <menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Send Later</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> for now, because we want to look at the article's header in the <guilabel ->Outbox</guilabel ->.</para> - -<para ->Activate <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Show all headers</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->, because we want to see all the headers the newsserver receives. You will notice a line like:</para -> - -<para ->Supersedes: <[email protected]></para -> - -<para ->This is the instruction for the newsserver for superseding the article with the Message-ID <[email protected]> with the new article.</para -> - -<para ->Besides this, Supersede is used for periodical posted articles, ⪚ an <acronym ->FAQ</acronym ->. The new article supersedes the old one and the newsgroups do not end up with lots of different versions.</para -> - -<caution -> -<para ->Again, using this function is only possible if the article already has a Message-ID. Normally, articles get their Message-ID from the newsserver: this means that you can only supersede articles which have already been published.</para -> - -<para ->You can configure &knode; to generate this Message-ID, then you can supersede your articles in the folder <guilabel ->Sent</guilabel ->, too.</para -> - -<para ->&knode; allows you to only supersede your own articles.</para -> - -</caution -> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>Supersede</title> + +<para>Supersede overwrites your article with a new version. One reason for doing this could be:</para> + +<para>You have written a long article and have already posted it; now, you have found an error in this article: you could cancel this article, and post a new, corrected, article; or, you can use Supersede.</para> + +<para>Select the article in the article view. From its context menu select <guimenuitem>Supersede article...</guimenuitem>. &knode; will ask you if you really want to overwrite this article; if you confirm with <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> the Composer appears.</para> + +<para>In the Composer you can now make the desired corrections and changes. You can then publish this article in the same way as you post every other article; when the newsserver receives this article it reads some special lines in the header which tell the newsserver to supersede the older article. Select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send Later</guimenuitem></menuchoice> for now, because we want to look at the article's header in the <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>.</para> + +<para>Activate <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show all headers</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, because we want to see all the headers the newsserver receives. You will notice a line like:</para> + +<para>Supersedes: <[email protected]></para> + +<para>This is the instruction for the newsserver for superseding the article with the Message-ID <[email protected]> with the new article.</para> + +<para>Besides this, Supersede is used for periodical posted articles, ⪚ an <acronym>FAQ</acronym>. The new article supersedes the old one and the newsgroups do not end up with lots of different versions.</para> + +<caution> +<para>Again, using this function is only possible if the article already has a Message-ID. Normally, articles get their Message-ID from the newsserver: this means that you can only supersede articles which have already been published.</para> + +<para>You can configure &knode; to generate this Message-ID, then you can supersede your articles in the folder <guilabel>Sent</guilabel>, too.</para> + +<para>&knode; allows you to only supersede your own articles.</para> + +</caution> <warning> -<para ->As with cancels, supersede messages have been abused in the past, with, for example, certain parties sending hundreds or even thousands of them to overwrite legitimate posts with random computer generated junk; again, as with cancels, many news servers do not honour supersede messages, nor do they pass them on.</para> +<para>As with cancels, supersede messages have been abused in the past, with, for example, certain parties sending hundreds or even thousands of them to overwrite legitimate posts with random computer generated junk; again, as with cancels, many news servers do not honour supersede messages, nor do they pass them on.</para> </warning> -</sect3 -> -</sect2 -> +</sect3> +</sect2> -<sect2 id="score-watch-ignore" -> -<title ->Score, watch, ignore</title> +<sect2 id="score-watch-ignore"> +<title>Score, watch, ignore</title> <anchor id="anc-score-watch-ignore"/> -<para ->Score, Watch and Ignore are different names for the same feature.</para -> - -<para ->By scoring a thread, you determine its importance. &knode; allows scores between -100000 and 100000. A normal article will get a score of 0 if you do not change this; threads with a score below 0 are less important than average; threads with a score above 0 are more important than average.</para -> - -<para ->The score is an attribute of the thread and the articles in this thread, so you can use the score for filtering and searching articles; for example, you can define a filter to show only articles with a score > 0, i.e. all articles in which you are specifically interested.</para -> - -<para ->The function <guilabel ->Watch</guilabel -> sets the score of all article in a thread to 100; this way they get a high score and &knode; labels them with a special icon.</para> - -<para ->The function <guilabel ->Ignore</guilabel -> does the opposite: it scores all articles in a thread with -100 so &knode; does not show these articles anymore.</para> - -<tip -> -<para ->The English word <quote ->scoring</quote -> is used in many other countries, too.</para> -</tip -> - -<para ->You can score an article or a thread manually with the right mouse button or with the <guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -> menu — here you can score with <guilabel ->Watch Thread</guilabel -> and <guilabel ->Ignore Thread</guilabel -> directly. Apart from scoring manually you can let &knode; score the articles with scoring rules automatically; you can configure these rules at <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guimenuitem ->Reading News</guimenuitem -><guimenuitem ->Scoring</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> or at <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Edit scoring rules...</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> — the only difference between these dialogues is that the last one has the rule-list next to the rule configuration. In the following guide I'm using the editor that appears if <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Edit scoring rules...</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> is chosen.</para -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->The Rule Editor</screeninfo> +<para>Score, Watch and Ignore are different names for the same feature.</para> + +<para>By scoring a thread, you determine its importance. &knode; allows scores between -100000 and 100000. A normal article will get a score of 0 if you do not change this; threads with a score below 0 are less important than average; threads with a score above 0 are more important than average.</para> + +<para>The score is an attribute of the thread and the articles in this thread, so you can use the score for filtering and searching articles; for example, you can define a filter to show only articles with a score > 0, i.e. all articles in which you are specifically interested.</para> + +<para>The function <guilabel>Watch</guilabel> sets the score of all article in a thread to 100; this way they get a high score and &knode; labels them with a special icon.</para> + +<para>The function <guilabel>Ignore</guilabel> does the opposite: it scores all articles in a thread with -100 so &knode; does not show these articles anymore.</para> + +<tip> +<para>The English word <quote>scoring</quote> is used in many other countries, too.</para> +</tip> + +<para>You can score an article or a thread manually with the right mouse button or with the <guimenu>Scoring</guimenu> menu — here you can score with <guilabel>Watch Thread</guilabel> and <guilabel>Ignore Thread</guilabel> directly. Apart from scoring manually you can let &knode; score the articles with scoring rules automatically; you can configure these rules at <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Reading News</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Scoring</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or at <menuchoice><guimenu>Scoring</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit scoring rules...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — the only difference between these dialogues is that the last one has the rule-list next to the rule configuration. In the following guide I'm using the editor that appears if <menuchoice><guimenu>Scoring</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit scoring rules...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> is chosen.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>The Rule Editor</screeninfo> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="knode-rule-editor.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <textobject> -<phrase ->The Rule Editor</phrase> +<phrase>The Rule Editor</phrase> </textobject> <caption> -<para ->The Rule Editor</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<para ->The composer consists of 4 areas: on the left side is the list of the rules; with the buttons below the list you can add, delete or copy an existing rule; below that you have the possibility to limit the rules which are shown — you have the choice whether to show all rules or only the rules for a specific <glossterm ->newsgroup</glossterm ->.</para -> - -<para ->If you chose a rule-name in the list you the rule will be displayed on the right-hand side; now you can edit the rule. At the top you can change the name of the rule and set the newsgroups to which this rule applies. You can choose one or more than one group, note that group names must be separated by a semicolon. You can choose from the subscribed groups with the drop-down list and the <guibutton ->Add group</guibutton -> button; or you can use regular expressions and wild cards, ⪚ <quote ->.*</quote -> for all groups. The <guilabel ->Expire rule automatically</guilabel -> option makes it possible to delete the rule automatically after the configured number of days; this is useful if a specific person behaves badly and you do not want to read anything from this person for a few days.</para -> - -<para ->In the <guilabel ->Condition</guilabel -> field you enter the condition on which this rule is activated. Normally, you can enter only one condition, but you can change this by pressing the <guibutton ->More</guibutton -> and <guibutton ->Fewer</guibutton -> buttons. If you have more than one condition, you must tell knode whether all conditions need to be fulfilled or only one of them; this can be done by choosing <guilabel ->Match all conditions</guilabel -> or <guilabel ->Match any condition</guilabel -> respectively. </para -> - -<para ->Each condition consists of 2 drop-down lists and a text field. In the first list you chose the part of the message which should be used for the condition — this part will be compared with the text field; the second drop-down list tells &knode; how it is to be compared, for example, whether the chosen header should be identical to the text entered in the text field, or if it just needs to match part of it. Regular expressions are allowed, too. If you check <guilabel ->Not</guilabel -> then the conditions under which the condition is satisfied are reversed, and the condition will be satisfied if the opposite of its shown conditions is true.</para -> - -<para ->Now, let's have a look at some examples.</para> - -<itemizedlist -> +<para>The Rule Editor</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<para>The composer consists of 4 areas: on the left side is the list of the rules; with the buttons below the list you can add, delete or copy an existing rule; below that you have the possibility to limit the rules which are shown — you have the choice whether to show all rules or only the rules for a specific <glossterm>newsgroup</glossterm>.</para> + +<para>If you chose a rule-name in the list you the rule will be displayed on the right-hand side; now you can edit the rule. At the top you can change the name of the rule and set the newsgroups to which this rule applies. You can choose one or more than one group, note that group names must be separated by a semicolon. You can choose from the subscribed groups with the drop-down list and the <guibutton>Add group</guibutton> button; or you can use regular expressions and wild cards, ⪚ <quote>.*</quote> for all groups. The <guilabel>Expire rule automatically</guilabel> option makes it possible to delete the rule automatically after the configured number of days; this is useful if a specific person behaves badly and you do not want to read anything from this person for a few days.</para> + +<para>In the <guilabel>Condition</guilabel> field you enter the condition on which this rule is activated. Normally, you can enter only one condition, but you can change this by pressing the <guibutton>More</guibutton> and <guibutton>Fewer</guibutton> buttons. If you have more than one condition, you must tell knode whether all conditions need to be fulfilled or only one of them; this can be done by choosing <guilabel>Match all conditions</guilabel> or <guilabel>Match any condition</guilabel> respectively. </para> + +<para>Each condition consists of 2 drop-down lists and a text field. In the first list you chose the part of the message which should be used for the condition — this part will be compared with the text field; the second drop-down list tells &knode; how it is to be compared, for example, whether the chosen header should be identical to the text entered in the text field, or if it just needs to match part of it. Regular expressions are allowed, too. If you check <guilabel>Not</guilabel> then the conditions under which the condition is satisfied are reversed, and the condition will be satisfied if the opposite of its shown conditions is true.</para> + +<para>Now, let's have a look at some examples.</para> + +<itemizedlist> <listitem> -<para ->Maybe you want to filter away all the postings by Theodor Test; to do this choose the <guilabel ->From</guilabel -> header line from the first drop-down list, choose <guilabel ->is exactly the same as</guilabel -> from the second drop-down list, and enter his name in the text field. But, before doing this you should have a look at the <glossterm ->header</glossterm -> of one of Theodor's articles and see what is in the <quote ->From</quote -> line.</para> -</listitem -> +<para>Maybe you want to filter away all the postings by Theodor Test; to do this choose the <guilabel>From</guilabel> header line from the first drop-down list, choose <guilabel>is exactly the same as</guilabel> from the second drop-down list, and enter his name in the text field. But, before doing this you should have a look at the <glossterm>header</glossterm> of one of Theodor's articles and see what is in the <quote>From</quote> line.</para> +</listitem> <listitem> -<para ->If you do not want to read articles with more than 100 lines, choose the header entry <guilabel ->Lines</guilabel -> from the first drop-down list, choose <guilabel ->greater than</guilabel -> from the second, and enter <userinput ->100</userinput -> in the text field. You probably, then, want to score down the message.</para> +<para>If you do not want to read articles with more than 100 lines, choose the header entry <guilabel>Lines</guilabel> from the first drop-down list, choose <guilabel>greater than</guilabel> from the second, and enter <userinput>100</userinput> in the text field. You probably, then, want to score down the message.</para> </listitem> <listitem> -<para ->Last example: of course, you're very interested in every article that refers to &knode;. Choose the header entry <guilabel ->Subject</guilabel ->, then <guilabel ->contains substring</guilabel -> and enter <userinput ->knode</userinput -> in the text field. But what do you do if &knode; is not mentioned in the <guilabel ->Subject</guilabel ->? I suggest using a regular expression: change <guilabel ->contains substring</guilabel -> to <guilabel ->matches regular expression</guilabel -> and type <userinput ->knode|newsreader|usenet</userinput -> into the text field to match either knode, newsreader or usenet — the <userinput ->|</userinput -> symbol means OR. Alternatively, you can make 3 conditions — one that matches knode, one that matches newsreader and so on — and choose <guilabel ->Match any condition</guilabel ->; but, this needs a lot of space and it is not very elegant, is it?</para> +<para>Last example: of course, you're very interested in every article that refers to &knode;. Choose the header entry <guilabel>Subject</guilabel>, then <guilabel>contains substring</guilabel> and enter <userinput>knode</userinput> in the text field. But what do you do if &knode; is not mentioned in the <guilabel>Subject</guilabel>? I suggest using a regular expression: change <guilabel>contains substring</guilabel> to <guilabel>matches regular expression</guilabel> and type <userinput>knode|newsreader|usenet</userinput> into the text field to match either knode, newsreader or usenet — the <userinput>|</userinput> symbol means OR. Alternatively, you can make 3 conditions — one that matches knode, one that matches newsreader and so on — and choose <guilabel>Match any condition</guilabel>; but, this needs a lot of space and it is not very elegant, is it?</para> </listitem> -</itemizedlist -> - -<para ->Once your condition is ready you should set an action down in the <guilabel ->Actions</guilabel -> section. The most important action is <guilabel ->adjust score</guilabel ->; if this action is chosen you can raise or lower the score, by the configured value, for articles to which this rule applies. &knode; can also show you a little message when finding such an article or colourise the header in the article list; for example, you could make interesting articles screaming pink so you would notice them very quickly.</para -> - -<para ->When leaving the editor, or when the <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Scoring</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Recalculate scores</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> menu item is chosen, the rules are executed; furthermore, the rules are automatically used for new <glossterm ->articles</glossterm ->. Scoring makes the most sense when used with filters: by scoring some articles down and filtering them away they won't appear in the article list.</para> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>Once your condition is ready you should set an action down in the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> section. The most important action is <guilabel>adjust score</guilabel>; if this action is chosen you can raise or lower the score, by the configured value, for articles to which this rule applies. &knode; can also show you a little message when finding such an article or colourise the header in the article list; for example, you could make interesting articles screaming pink so you would notice them very quickly.</para> + +<para>When leaving the editor, or when the <menuchoice><guimenu>Scoring</guimenu><guimenuitem>Recalculate scores</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item is chosen, the rules are executed; furthermore, the rules are automatically used for new <glossterm>articles</glossterm>. Scoring makes the most sense when used with filters: by scoring some articles down and filtering them away they won't appear in the article list.</para> </sect2> -<sect2 id="group-identity" -> -<title ->Group identities</title -> - -<para ->With &knode; you can use a different identity with every newsgroup to which you are subscribed; i.e. you can set a name, email address, reply-to address and signature to use with that group.</para> - -<para ->It is easy to set group identities. First, with the right mouse button, click on the name of the newsgroup in which to have a different identity in; then, select <guimenuitem ->Group Properties</guimenuitem -> from the context menu that appears. In the dialogue that appears the second tab contains fields identical to the global identity settings; enter your settings here and click <guibutton ->OK</guibutton -> to confirm the changes: then, your articles in this group will always posted with this newly-entered identity.</para -> - -<caution -> -<para ->When you unsubscribe from a group you lose its identity settings for this group: if you re-subscribe to the group, you will need to re-enter its identity settings. For new newsgroups, the global identity is used.</para -> -</caution -> - -</sect2 -> - -<sect2 id="multiple-news-accounts" -> -<title ->Managing Multiple News Accounts</title -> - -<para ->&knode; can handle an unlimited number of news server accounts in addition to your main news server; most users don't need this feature, but it can be very useful to if your main newsserver does not provide all groups you want to read. Typical cases of this are when support groups for commercial software are hosted on a special, private, server or binary newsgroups, which are only available from some servers.</para -> - -<para ->Another example of why you sometimes need more than one newsserver is that sometimes not all interesting newsgroups are on one server; in fact, there is very often only a selection of newsgroups. For example, many servers do not support binary groups with pictures or programs; if you want such a newsgroup and your newsserver provider does not want to serve it you can configure &knode; to get it from another server.</para> - -<para ->Or, perhaps you find you are just subscribed to too many newsgroups, and would like to organise them a little better; you could set up several accounts for the same server, perhaps one for groups you read every day, and one for groups you read less often, so that you do not have to search for your <quote ->everyday</quote -> groups in a long list of subscribed groups.</para> - -<para ->In order to add an new account, open the preferences dialogue via <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Accounts</guilabel -><guilabel ->News</guilabel -> </menuchoice ->. The <guibutton ->New</guibutton -> button creates a new account; you then have to enter the same data as for your first account, typically a name for the account, the host name, and a user name and password if the server requires authentication. When this is done the new server will appear both in the configuration dialogue and in the group view: you can now subscribe to newsgroups.</para> - -<para ->You can delete the currently-selected account by pressing the <guibutton ->Delete</guibutton -> button.</para -> +<sect2 id="group-identity"> +<title>Group identities</title> + +<para>With &knode; you can use a different identity with every newsgroup to which you are subscribed; i.e. you can set a name, email address, reply-to address and signature to use with that group.</para> + +<para>It is easy to set group identities. First, with the right mouse button, click on the name of the newsgroup in which to have a different identity in; then, select <guimenuitem>Group Properties</guimenuitem> from the context menu that appears. In the dialogue that appears the second tab contains fields identical to the global identity settings; enter your settings here and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to confirm the changes: then, your articles in this group will always posted with this newly-entered identity.</para> + +<caution> +<para>When you unsubscribe from a group you lose its identity settings for this group: if you re-subscribe to the group, you will need to re-enter its identity settings. For new newsgroups, the global identity is used.</para> +</caution> + +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="multiple-news-accounts"> +<title>Managing Multiple News Accounts</title> + +<para>&knode; can handle an unlimited number of news server accounts in addition to your main news server; most users don't need this feature, but it can be very useful to if your main newsserver does not provide all groups you want to read. Typical cases of this are when support groups for commercial software are hosted on a special, private, server or binary newsgroups, which are only available from some servers.</para> + +<para>Another example of why you sometimes need more than one newsserver is that sometimes not all interesting newsgroups are on one server; in fact, there is very often only a selection of newsgroups. For example, many servers do not support binary groups with pictures or programs; if you want such a newsgroup and your newsserver provider does not want to serve it you can configure &knode; to get it from another server.</para> + +<para>Or, perhaps you find you are just subscribed to too many newsgroups, and would like to organise them a little better; you could set up several accounts for the same server, perhaps one for groups you read every day, and one for groups you read less often, so that you do not have to search for your <quote>everyday</quote> groups in a long list of subscribed groups.</para> + +<para>In order to add an new account, open the preferences dialogue via <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Accounts</guilabel><guilabel>News</guilabel> </menuchoice>. The <guibutton>New</guibutton> button creates a new account; you then have to enter the same data as for your first account, typically a name for the account, the host name, and a user name and password if the server requires authentication. When this is done the new server will appear both in the configuration dialogue and in the group view: you can now subscribe to newsgroups.</para> + +<para>You can delete the currently-selected account by pressing the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button.</para> <tip> -<para ->In the <guimenu ->Account properties</guimenu -> dialogue (available from the context menu of the newsserver) you can setup an identity for use only on this newsserver.</para> +<para>In the <guimenu>Account properties</guimenu> dialogue (available from the context menu of the newsserver) you can setup an identity for use only on this newsserver.</para> </tip> </sect2> <sect2 id="PGP-support"> -<title ->Sign and Verify Articles with <acronym ->PGP</acronym -></title> +<title>Sign and Verify Articles with <acronym>PGP</acronym></title> <anchor id="anc-PGP-support"/> -<para -><acronym ->PGP</acronym -> is the most-widespread method used to encrypt or sign data. Using the <glossterm ->PGP-signature</glossterm -> you can verify if an article is really from the original author or if it has been changed by others. You can find PGP-programs and guides at <ulink url="http://www.pgpi.org" ->http://www.pgpi.org</ulink ->.</para> - -<para ->With &knode; you can sign an article with <acronym ->PGP</acronym -> and to verify <acronym ->PGP</acronym ->-signed article. After you have configured the <acronym ->PGP</acronym -> support, at <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure Knode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Signing/Verifying</guilabel -></menuchoice ->, you can sign articles in the editor with the <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Tools</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Sign article with PGP</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> menu item — you will be asked for your passphrase and after that the article will be signed.</para> - -<caution -> -<para ->Your <application ->GnuPG</application ->/<acronym ->PGP</acronym -> <acronym ->ID</acronym -> is automatically built from your name and your email address and is identical to the sender of the message (<quote ->From</quote ->-header).</para> +<para><acronym>PGP</acronym> is the most-widespread method used to encrypt or sign data. Using the <glossterm>PGP-signature</glossterm> you can verify if an article is really from the original author or if it has been changed by others. You can find PGP-programs and guides at <ulink url="http://www.pgpi.org">http://www.pgpi.org</ulink>.</para> + +<para>With &knode; you can sign an article with <acronym>PGP</acronym> and to verify <acronym>PGP</acronym>-signed article. After you have configured the <acronym>PGP</acronym> support, at <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Knode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Signing/Verifying</guilabel></menuchoice>, you can sign articles in the editor with the <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sign article with PGP</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item — you will be asked for your passphrase and after that the article will be signed.</para> + +<caution> +<para>Your <application>GnuPG</application>/<acronym>PGP</acronym> <acronym>ID</acronym> is automatically built from your name and your email address and is identical to the sender of the message (<quote>From</quote>-header).</para> </caution> -<para ->To verify a <glossterm ->PGP-signature</glossterm -> you have to choose the menu item <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Verify PGP-signature</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->.</para -> +<para>To verify a <glossterm>PGP-signature</glossterm> you have to choose the menu item <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Verify PGP-signature</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para> </sect2> -</sect1 -> +</sect1> <!-- Local Variables: mode: sgml diff --git a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-subscribing.docbook b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-subscribing.docbook index 57d854be2cd..2f54372ec2f 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-subscribing.docbook +++ b/tde-i18n-en_GB/docs/tdepim/knode/using-subscribing.docbook @@ -2,2138 +2,795 @@ <!DOCTYPE sect1 PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.2-Based Variant V1.1//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd"> --> -<sect1 id="subscribing" -> -<title ->Working with newsgroups</title -> +<sect1 id="subscribing"> +<title>Working with newsgroups</title> -<para ->After the configuration of &knode; we will now try to get your first news; to achieve this, you need to do some more steps of configuration, but you will not have to do this very often.</para> +<para>After the configuration of &knode; we will now try to get your first news; to achieve this, you need to do some more steps of configuration, but you will not have to do this very often.</para> <sect2 id="fetch-group-list"> -<title ->Fetching the group-list from the news server</title -> +<title>Fetching the group-list from the news server</title> <anchor id="anc-fetch-group-list"/> -<para ->If you want to read a newsgroup you first have to subscribe to it. &RMB;-click with your mouse on the entry of your newsserver in the folder-list; from the context menu that appears select the <guimenuitem ->Subscribe to Newsgroups</guimenuitem -> entry. &knode;, at this moment, does not know which newsgroups are available from this server and will ask you if it should fetch a list of available newsgroups: confirm with <guibutton ->Yes</guibutton ->. Now you should see the following dialogue.</para> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->The <guilabel ->Subscribe to Newsgroups</guilabel -> Dialogue</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-subscribe.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->The <guilabel ->Subscribe to Newsgroups</guilabel -> dialogue</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->The <guilabel ->Subscribe to Newsgroups</guilabel -> dialogue</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<para ->After some time &knode; will has fetched the list of available newsgroups and will show them in the left window, <guilabel ->Groups on</guilabel ->, in a tree; this tree view shows the newsgroup hierarchy.</para> +<para>If you want to read a newsgroup you first have to subscribe to it. &RMB;-click with your mouse on the entry of your newsserver in the folder-list; from the context menu that appears select the <guimenuitem>Subscribe to Newsgroups</guimenuitem> entry. &knode;, at this moment, does not know which newsgroups are available from this server and will ask you if it should fetch a list of available newsgroups: confirm with <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. Now you should see the following dialogue.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>The <guilabel>Subscribe to Newsgroups</guilabel> Dialogue</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-subscribe.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>The <guilabel>Subscribe to Newsgroups</guilabel> dialogue</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>The <guilabel>Subscribe to Newsgroups</guilabel> dialogue</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<para>After some time &knode; will has fetched the list of available newsgroups and will show them in the left window, <guilabel>Groups on</guilabel>, in a tree; this tree view shows the newsgroup hierarchy.</para> <tip> -<para ->You can find a short description about the structure of the usenet and the hierarchy of the single newsgroups at <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/usenet-einfuehrung" ->http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/usenet-einfuehrung</ulink -> (German).</para> +<para>You can find a short description about the structure of the usenet and the hierarchy of the single newsgroups at <ulink url="http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/usenet-einfuehrung">http://www.kirchwitz.de/~amk/dni/usenet-einfuehrung</ulink> (German).</para> </tip> <sect3> -<title -><guilabel ->Search</guilabel -></title> - -<para ->The simplest method to navigate in the tree is to use the <guilabel ->Search</guilabel -> input field: &knode; will filter the groups displayed according to your input. If you are searching for a group about &kde;, but you do not know its exact position in the hierarchy, just type <userinput ->kde</userinput -> in the <guilabel ->Search</guilabel -> field.</para> - -<para ->When you enter the <userinput ->k</userinput ->, you will already see the list changing; the second letter, <userinput ->d</userinput ->, give you a significantly-reduced list of shown groups; and the final <userinput ->e</userinput -> reduces the list to the groups with kde in their name. You will most likely end with just one group:</para> - -<simplelist -> -<member ->comp.windows.x.kde</member -> -</simplelist -> - -<para ->If your server carries the international groups, you might find your list is:</para> - -<simplelist -> -<member ->comp.windows.x.kde</member -> -<member ->de.comp.os.unix.apps.kde</member -> -</simplelist -> - -<para ->This incremental search gives you the possibility to search for newsgroups without knowing their exact paths.</para -> - -<tip -> -<para ->On a closer look, you will see &knode; showing the groups without a tree if there are only a few groups left; this is not a bug, it is a feature.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->disable tree view</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->Normally &knode; shows all the groups in a tree; if this option is activated, all newsgroups are listed amongst one another.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -> -<guilabel ->subscribed only</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If <guilabel ->subscribed only</guilabel -> is checked the tree-view <guilabel ->Groups on</guilabel -> shows only the groups you are already subscribed to; this is very convenient if you want to unsubscribe from some groups: you then won't have to search the whole tree for these groups.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->new only</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->If <guilabel ->new only</guilabel -> is checked the tree-view <guilabel ->Groups on</guilabel -> shows only the groups which are new since you last fetched the group list; for this to be functional, you first have to fetch a new group list with <guibutton ->New List</guibutton ->.</para -> - -<para ->The <guibutton ->New Groups</guibutton -> button give the possibility to show all the new groups since a specific date.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Groups on</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->This list shows all newsgroups on this server; if you check one of the checkboxes, <guilabel ->subscribed only</guilabel -> or <guilabel ->new only</guilabel ->, you get the corresponding selection.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->Current changes</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->The <guilabel ->Current changes</guilabel -> window shows all changes you have made since you opened the dialogue.</para -> - -<para ->The <guilabel ->subscribe to</guilabel -> list shows the newsgroups you have chosen to subscribe to.</para -> - -<para ->Below you can see the <guilabel ->unsubscribe from</guilabel -> list, which shows all newsgroups from which you have chosen to unsubscribe. You cannot unsubscribe from groups you are not subscribed to.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guilabel ->New Groups</guilabel -></title -> - -<para ->This button opens a dialogue which allows you to configure the list of new groups; you can choose between showing all groups since the last refresh or all groups since a given date. With the date option, &knode; provides a more-flexible possibility to check for new groups; you can even check for new groups since before the last refresh of the group list.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title -><guibutton ->New List</guibutton -></title -> - -<para ->The <guibutton ->New List</guibutton -> button tells &knode; to fetch a new group list from the news server.</para -> - - -<para ->The newsgroup hierarchy is in a constant flux; all the time there are groups introduced, renamed or moved; some groups just disappear: they are no longer available and get deleted. To reflect this, &knode; gives you the possibility to refresh the the group list. This is, normally, only needed to see if your server now provides a group which was not there before.</para -> +<title><guilabel>Search</guilabel></title> + +<para>The simplest method to navigate in the tree is to use the <guilabel>Search</guilabel> input field: &knode; will filter the groups displayed according to your input. If you are searching for a group about &kde;, but you do not know its exact position in the hierarchy, just type <userinput>kde</userinput> in the <guilabel>Search</guilabel> field.</para> + +<para>When you enter the <userinput>k</userinput>, you will already see the list changing; the second letter, <userinput>d</userinput>, give you a significantly-reduced list of shown groups; and the final <userinput>e</userinput> reduces the list to the groups with kde in their name. You will most likely end with just one group:</para> + +<simplelist> +<member>comp.windows.x.kde</member> +</simplelist> + +<para>If your server carries the international groups, you might find your list is:</para> + +<simplelist> +<member>comp.windows.x.kde</member> +<member>de.comp.os.unix.apps.kde</member> +</simplelist> + +<para>This incremental search gives you the possibility to search for newsgroups without knowing their exact paths.</para> + +<tip> +<para>On a closer look, you will see &knode; showing the groups without a tree if there are only a few groups left; this is not a bug, it is a feature.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>disable tree view</guilabel></title> + +<para>Normally &knode; shows all the groups in a tree; if this option is activated, all newsgroups are listed amongst one another.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title> +<guilabel>subscribed only</guilabel></title> + +<para>If <guilabel>subscribed only</guilabel> is checked the tree-view <guilabel>Groups on</guilabel> shows only the groups you are already subscribed to; this is very convenient if you want to unsubscribe from some groups: you then won't have to search the whole tree for these groups.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>new only</guilabel></title> + +<para>If <guilabel>new only</guilabel> is checked the tree-view <guilabel>Groups on</guilabel> shows only the groups which are new since you last fetched the group list; for this to be functional, you first have to fetch a new group list with <guibutton>New List</guibutton>.</para> + +<para>The <guibutton>New Groups</guibutton> button give the possibility to show all the new groups since a specific date.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Groups on</guilabel></title> + +<para>This list shows all newsgroups on this server; if you check one of the checkboxes, <guilabel>subscribed only</guilabel> or <guilabel>new only</guilabel>, you get the corresponding selection.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>Current changes</guilabel></title> + +<para>The <guilabel>Current changes</guilabel> window shows all changes you have made since you opened the dialogue.</para> + +<para>The <guilabel>subscribe to</guilabel> list shows the newsgroups you have chosen to subscribe to.</para> + +<para>Below you can see the <guilabel>unsubscribe from</guilabel> list, which shows all newsgroups from which you have chosen to unsubscribe. You cannot unsubscribe from groups you are not subscribed to.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guilabel>New Groups</guilabel></title> + +<para>This button opens a dialogue which allows you to configure the list of new groups; you can choose between showing all groups since the last refresh or all groups since a given date. With the date option, &knode; provides a more-flexible possibility to check for new groups; you can even check for new groups since before the last refresh of the group list.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title><guibutton>New List</guibutton></title> + +<para>The <guibutton>New List</guibutton> button tells &knode; to fetch a new group list from the news server.</para> + + +<para>The newsgroup hierarchy is in a constant flux; all the time there are groups introduced, renamed or moved; some groups just disappear: they are no longer available and get deleted. To reflect this, &knode; gives you the possibility to refresh the the group list. This is, normally, only needed to see if your server now provides a group which was not there before.</para> <tip> -<para ->If you simply want to make sure you have seen every new group, it is more effective to use <guibutton ->New Groups</guibutton ->; fetching the complete list is much more time consuming, but you do make sure that any deleted groups vanish from the grouplist.</para -> -</tip -> - -<para ->Unfortunately there is no guarantee that your newsserver is providing all available newsgroups: many newsserver refuse groups publishing binary attachments; other groups are only available from special servers. &knode; provides you the possibility to use more than one news-server if you want to access alternative servers providing these groups; you can read more about this in <xref linkend="multiple-news-accounts"/> .</para> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Working with the dialogue</title -> - -<para ->We now want to subscribe to the &kde; group: mark the the box beside the name; you can now see the group in the list labelled <guilabel ->subscribe to</guilabel ->. Another possibility is to use the arrows between the two windows.</para -> - -<para ->If you picked the wrong newsgroup by mistake you can undo your selection by unchecking the checkbox next to the group's name in the <guilabel ->Groups on</guilabel -> window; again, you could use the arrow (you probably noticed the arrow changing direction.)</para -> - -<para ->If you want to unsubscribe from a newsgroup it is as easy as subscribing to it: you just uncheck the box next to its name. The groups you wish to unsubscribe from are shown in the <guilabel ->unsubscribe from</guilabel -> list. Again, the arrow is another way of doing things: to correct your actions you can use the arrow again; this works as long as the dialogue is not closed by clicking <guibutton ->OK</guibutton ->.</para> - -<para ->As a &kde; and &knode; user you will probably want to subscribe to the group, so make sure you checked the box and press <guibutton ->OK</guibutton ->. This group now appears in the tree view under the server entry it was chosen from; in our example this is <emphasis ->My News Account</emphasis ->. If you can not see the group, click on the cross next to the server entry or on the server entry itself; the list of subscribed newsgroups should appear.</para> - -<para ->Click on the newsgroup; now you see on the right in the article view an empty folder: &knode; has to fetch the articles for the new newsgroup. If you have, in <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode</guimenuitem -><guimenuitem ->Reading news</guimenuitem -><guimenuitem ->General</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->, the check box <guilabel ->Check for new article automatically</guilabel -> checked &knode; tries to fetch the articles from the server when the newsgroup is first selected; if this is unchecked, you have to use <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Account</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Get new articles</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->.</para> - -<important -> -<para ->When you are using <application ->leafnode</application -> as a server, there will be a single article in the group: <application ->leafnode</application -> generates an article in every new subscribed group; this indicates that <application ->leafnode</application -> will consider this group the next time it fetches articles. You can ignore an error message saying the article can not be found. If you select this article you tell <application ->leafnode</application -> you are really interested in this group.</para -> - -<para ->You get the real articles when your local newsserver fetches them from the Internet and provides them to you; details about this can be found in the documentation of your local newsserver.</para -> -</important -> - -<para ->When everything works the articles of the subscribed newsgroup appear in the upper right window — the article view.</para -> - -</sect3 -> +<para>If you simply want to make sure you have seen every new group, it is more effective to use <guibutton>New Groups</guibutton>; fetching the complete list is much more time consuming, but you do make sure that any deleted groups vanish from the grouplist.</para> +</tip> + +<para>Unfortunately there is no guarantee that your newsserver is providing all available newsgroups: many newsserver refuse groups publishing binary attachments; other groups are only available from special servers. &knode; provides you the possibility to use more than one news-server if you want to access alternative servers providing these groups; you can read more about this in <xref linkend="multiple-news-accounts"/> .</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>Working with the dialogue</title> + +<para>We now want to subscribe to the &kde; group: mark the the box beside the name; you can now see the group in the list labelled <guilabel>subscribe to</guilabel>. Another possibility is to use the arrows between the two windows.</para> + +<para>If you picked the wrong newsgroup by mistake you can undo your selection by unchecking the checkbox next to the group's name in the <guilabel>Groups on</guilabel> window; again, you could use the arrow (you probably noticed the arrow changing direction.)</para> + +<para>If you want to unsubscribe from a newsgroup it is as easy as subscribing to it: you just uncheck the box next to its name. The groups you wish to unsubscribe from are shown in the <guilabel>unsubscribe from</guilabel> list. Again, the arrow is another way of doing things: to correct your actions you can use the arrow again; this works as long as the dialogue is not closed by clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> + +<para>As a &kde; and &knode; user you will probably want to subscribe to the group, so make sure you checked the box and press <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. This group now appears in the tree view under the server entry it was chosen from; in our example this is <emphasis>My News Account</emphasis>. If you can not see the group, click on the cross next to the server entry or on the server entry itself; the list of subscribed newsgroups should appear.</para> + +<para>Click on the newsgroup; now you see on the right in the article view an empty folder: &knode; has to fetch the articles for the new newsgroup. If you have, in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Reading news</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>General</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, the check box <guilabel>Check for new article automatically</guilabel> checked &knode; tries to fetch the articles from the server when the newsgroup is first selected; if this is unchecked, you have to use <menuchoice><guimenu>Account</guimenu><guimenuitem>Get new articles</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para> + +<important> +<para>When you are using <application>leafnode</application> as a server, there will be a single article in the group: <application>leafnode</application> generates an article in every new subscribed group; this indicates that <application>leafnode</application> will consider this group the next time it fetches articles. You can ignore an error message saying the article can not be found. If you select this article you tell <application>leafnode</application> you are really interested in this group.</para> + +<para>You get the real articles when your local newsserver fetches them from the Internet and provides them to you; details about this can be found in the documentation of your local newsserver.</para> +</important> + +<para>When everything works the articles of the subscribed newsgroup appear in the upper right window — the article view.</para> + +</sect3> </sect2> -<sect2 id="fetch-and-read-news" -> -<title ->Fetching and reading Articles</title -> - -<para ->&knode; always shows three views: the folder view, the article view and the article window; you can change height and width of these views with the mouse. If you click in a window it gets the focus; this is important if you want to use &knode; with the keyboard. The <keycap ->Tab</keycap -> key changes the focus between the views; the currently-active view is indicated by a small colored bar over the column headers.</para -> - -<para ->This picture shows &knode; with the subscribed &kde; newsgroup.</para> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->The three views of &knode;</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-views.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->The three views of &knode;</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->The three views of &knode;</para -> +<sect2 id="fetch-and-read-news"> +<title>Fetching and reading Articles</title> + +<para>&knode; always shows three views: the folder view, the article view and the article window; you can change height and width of these views with the mouse. If you click in a window it gets the focus; this is important if you want to use &knode; with the keyboard. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> key changes the focus between the views; the currently-active view is indicated by a small colored bar over the column headers.</para> + +<para>This picture shows &knode; with the subscribed &kde; newsgroup.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>The three views of &knode;</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-views.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>The three views of &knode;</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>The three views of &knode;</para> </caption> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> -<para ->It is possible to select more than one group or article. You can select an area by clicking on the first entry with the &LMB;, holding the &Shift; key and clicking on the last entry with the &LMB; again.</para -> +<para>It is possible to select more than one group or article. You can select an area by clicking on the first entry with the &LMB;, holding the &Shift; key and clicking on the last entry with the &LMB; again.</para> -<para ->If you want to select more than one single entry, but they are not next to each other in the list, you have to select the first by clicking on it with the &LMB; and then select the other entries by holding down the &Ctrl; key and clicking on them with the &LMB;.</para> +<para>If you want to select more than one single entry, but they are not next to each other in the list, you have to select the first by clicking on it with the &LMB; and then select the other entries by holding down the &Ctrl; key and clicking on them with the &LMB;.</para> -<para ->In either case you can clear your selection by clicking on another entry with the &LMB;.</para> +<para>In either case you can clear your selection by clicking on another entry with the &LMB;.</para> <caution> -<para ->If you have selected more than one entry you have to activate the context menu with the &Shift; key pressed, otherwise you'll clear the selection.</para -> -</caution -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->The Folder View</title -> - -<para ->The folder views contains not only the accounts you configured — in our example this is <emphasis ->My News Account</emphasis -> — but also three other folders. When you are subscribed to some newsgroups there will be plus next to the name of the account: clicking on the plus or the name of the account opens the tree to show the names of the newsgroups you have chosen to subscribe to using that account.</para> - -<tip -> -<para ->Using the &RMB; you can get a context menu for the selected item (folders or newsgroups): if you select a newsgroup and choose Properties you can, amongst other things, specify your identity for this particular group; you can find more about this in the <link linkend="group-identity" ->Local Identities</link -> chapter.</para> +<para>If you have selected more than one entry you have to activate the context menu with the &Shift; key pressed, otherwise you'll clear the selection.</para> +</caution> + +<sect3> +<title>The Folder View</title> + +<para>The folder views contains not only the accounts you configured — in our example this is <emphasis>My News Account</emphasis> — but also three other folders. When you are subscribed to some newsgroups there will be plus next to the name of the account: clicking on the plus or the name of the account opens the tree to show the names of the newsgroups you have chosen to subscribe to using that account.</para> + +<tip> +<para>Using the &RMB; you can get a context menu for the selected item (folders or newsgroups): if you select a newsgroup and choose Properties you can, amongst other things, specify your identity for this particular group; you can find more about this in the <link linkend="group-identity">Local Identities</link> chapter.</para> </tip> -<para ->When you select a newsgroup with your mouse a list of articles of this group appears in the upper-right window; if there are no articles in the upper-right window there are two possibilities — either there are no articles for this newsgroup on the newsserver or the newsserver did not fetch them yet. Select <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Account</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Get new articles in all groups</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->: if there are still no articles appearing you either have some problems with your settings or there really are no articles for this group. Try another group: if there are no articles for this group you will probably have to work through the first chapters, about the configuration of &knode;, again; the <link linkend="faq" ->Frequently Asked Questions</link -> chapter may help you, too.</para> - -<caution -> -<para ->If you are using a local newsserver the articles only appear if the newsserver has already got them from the internet; if you are using <application ->leafnode</application -> this is done by the <command ->fetchnews</command -> program.</para> -</caution -> - -<sect4 -> -<title ->The Newsgroup Folders</title -> - -<para ->The newsgroup folders appear with the name they are given by the hierarchy on the newsserver; in our example this is <guilabel ->comp.windows.x.kde</guilabel ->. You can change the name shown in this view: in the context menu (click with the &RMB; on the newsgroup's name) choose <menuchoice -><guimenuitem ->Rename group</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->, then you can change the name in the input field. A good name for <guilabel ->comp.windows.x.kde</guilabel -> would be, for example, <guilabel ->The KDE Newsgroup</guilabel ->.</para> - -<para ->If you don't change this, the hierarchical name will still be shown.</para> - -<para ->Besides the name of newsgroups the folder view shows more information by altering its appearance: if a newsgroup contains new articles its name is shown bold; the columns <guilabel ->Total</guilabel -> and <guilabel ->Unread</guilabel -> also tell you how many articles are in the corresponding group or folder and how many are marked as unread.</para -> - -</sect4 -> - -<sect4 -> -<title ->The <guilabel ->Outbox</guilabel -> folder</title -> - -<para ->The <guilabel ->Outbox</guilabel -> folder contains all articles which are to be sent later, or which could not be sent because of an error. If you want to sent an article later choose <menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Send Later</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> in the editor: the article is then filed in the <guilabel ->Outbox</guilabel -> folder; it is possible to edit, delete or send these articles later.</para -> - -<tip -> -<para ->If an article was not sent because of an error, it is stored in this folder; you will not lose these articles.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect4 -> - -<sect4 -> -<title ->The <guilabel ->Drafts</guilabel -> folder</title -> - -<para ->This folder is used for storing drafts of your articles; for example, if you want to do some further work on them but you have no time for it right now. To store an article in this folder choose <menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Save as Draft</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> in the editor.</para -> - -<para ->You can edit, delete and send the articles in this folder.</para -> - -</sect4 -> - -<sect4 -> -<title ->The <guilabel ->Sent</guilabel -> Folder</title -> - -<para ->This folder contains copies of the articles that you have successfully sent, including your e-mail replies; you can delete the messages in this folder, but it will not un-send the messages already sent.</para -> - -<caution -> -<para ->If your are using a local newsserver an article appearing in the folder <guilabel ->Sent</guilabel -> only indicates the local newsserver received the article; it is possible this article will never appears in any newsgroup if the local newsserver was not able to send it for some reason. If you notice some articles not appearing in the according newsgroup first make sure it was sent by the local newsserver.</para -> -</caution -> - -<tip -> -<para ->If you are using <application ->leafnode</application -> then articles leafnode was unable to send are normally found in <filename ->/var/spool/failed.postings</filename ->.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect4 -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->The Article View</title -> - -<para ->The article view gives you a list of all articles in the selected newsgroup or folder; you can change the appearance of this view using the <guimenu ->View</guimenu -> menu. The uppermost row of the view contains the column headers.</para -> - -<variablelist -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -><guilabel ->Subject</guilabel -></term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The <guilabel ->Subject</guilabel -> column shows the subjects of an articles which, most of the time, give you a clue about the content of this article. The subject is chosen by the article author. You can find more about this in <link linkend="post-and-mail-news" ->How to post and reply to news</link ->.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -><guilabel ->From</guilabel -></term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The <guilabel ->From</guilabel -> column shows the author, or their e-mail address if the author didn't give a name. You can configure your settings in <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Identity</guilabel -></menuchoice ->; when you publish an article &knode; will show these settings in the <guilabel ->From</guilabel -> column.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -><guilabel ->Score</guilabel -></term> -<listitem -> -<para ->The <guilabel ->Score</guilabel -> column shows the scoring of an article as a number; the default is 0. Articles which are important to you can be scored up; articles you want to ignore can be scored down: the range is -100000 to +100000. You can read more about this in the <link linkend="score-watch-ignore" ->Scoring, Watching and Ignoring</link -> chapter.</para -> -<para ->The <guilabel ->Score</guilabel -> column is only shown if <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->General</guilabel -><guilabel ->Show article score</guilabel -></menuchoice -> is activated.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -><guilabel ->Date</guilabel -></term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The <guilabel ->Date</guilabel -> column shows the date and time when the article was written.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -><guilabel ->Lines</guilabel -></term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The <guilabel ->Lines</guilabel -> column shows the number of lines of the <glossterm ->article</glossterm ->; this column is only shown if <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->General</guilabel -><guilabel ->Show line count</guilabel -></menuchoice -> is activated.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -</variablelist -> - -<sect4 -> -<title ->The Symbols and Highlighting Used</title> - -<para ->This is a short explanation of the different symbols for labelling articles.</para -> - -<itemizedlist -> -<listitem -> -<para -><inlinemediaobject -> -<imageobject -> +<para>When you select a newsgroup with your mouse a list of articles of this group appears in the upper-right window; if there are no articles in the upper-right window there are two possibilities — either there are no articles for this newsgroup on the newsserver or the newsserver did not fetch them yet. Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Account</guimenu><guimenuitem>Get new articles in all groups</guimenuitem></menuchoice>: if there are still no articles appearing you either have some problems with your settings or there really are no articles for this group. Try another group: if there are no articles for this group you will probably have to work through the first chapters, about the configuration of &knode;, again; the <link linkend="faq">Frequently Asked Questions</link> chapter may help you, too.</para> + +<caution> +<para>If you are using a local newsserver the articles only appear if the newsserver has already got them from the internet; if you are using <application>leafnode</application> this is done by the <command>fetchnews</command> program.</para> +</caution> + +<sect4> +<title>The Newsgroup Folders</title> + +<para>The newsgroup folders appear with the name they are given by the hierarchy on the newsserver; in our example this is <guilabel>comp.windows.x.kde</guilabel>. You can change the name shown in this view: in the context menu (click with the &RMB; on the newsgroup's name) choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Rename group</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then you can change the name in the input field. A good name for <guilabel>comp.windows.x.kde</guilabel> would be, for example, <guilabel>The KDE Newsgroup</guilabel>.</para> + +<para>If you don't change this, the hierarchical name will still be shown.</para> + +<para>Besides the name of newsgroups the folder view shows more information by altering its appearance: if a newsgroup contains new articles its name is shown bold; the columns <guilabel>Total</guilabel> and <guilabel>Unread</guilabel> also tell you how many articles are in the corresponding group or folder and how many are marked as unread.</para> + +</sect4> + +<sect4> +<title>The <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel> folder</title> + +<para>The <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel> folder contains all articles which are to be sent later, or which could not be sent because of an error. If you want to sent an article later choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send Later</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the editor: the article is then filed in the <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel> folder; it is possible to edit, delete or send these articles later.</para> + +<tip> +<para>If an article was not sent because of an error, it is stored in this folder; you will not lose these articles.</para> +</tip> +</sect4> + +<sect4> +<title>The <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel> folder</title> + +<para>This folder is used for storing drafts of your articles; for example, if you want to do some further work on them but you have no time for it right now. To store an article in this folder choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save as Draft</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the editor.</para> + +<para>You can edit, delete and send the articles in this folder.</para> + +</sect4> + +<sect4> +<title>The <guilabel>Sent</guilabel> Folder</title> + +<para>This folder contains copies of the articles that you have successfully sent, including your e-mail replies; you can delete the messages in this folder, but it will not un-send the messages already sent.</para> + +<caution> +<para>If your are using a local newsserver an article appearing in the folder <guilabel>Sent</guilabel> only indicates the local newsserver received the article; it is possible this article will never appears in any newsgroup if the local newsserver was not able to send it for some reason. If you notice some articles not appearing in the according newsgroup first make sure it was sent by the local newsserver.</para> +</caution> + +<tip> +<para>If you are using <application>leafnode</application> then articles leafnode was unable to send are normally found in <filename>/var/spool/failed.postings</filename>.</para> +</tip> +</sect4> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>The Article View</title> + +<para>The article view gives you a list of all articles in the selected newsgroup or folder; you can change the appearance of this view using the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu. The uppermost row of the view contains the column headers.</para> + +<variablelist> +<varlistentry> +<term><guilabel>Subject</guilabel></term> +<listitem> +<para>The <guilabel>Subject</guilabel> column shows the subjects of an articles which, most of the time, give you a clue about the content of this article. The subject is chosen by the article author. You can find more about this in <link linkend="post-and-mail-news">How to post and reply to news</link>.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term><guilabel>From</guilabel></term> +<listitem> +<para>The <guilabel>From</guilabel> column shows the author, or their e-mail address if the author didn't give a name. You can configure your settings in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode</guimenuitem><guilabel>Identity</guilabel></menuchoice>; when you publish an article &knode; will show these settings in the <guilabel>From</guilabel> column.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term><guilabel>Score</guilabel></term> +<listitem> +<para>The <guilabel>Score</guilabel> column shows the scoring of an article as a number; the default is 0. Articles which are important to you can be scored up; articles you want to ignore can be scored down: the range is -100000 to +100000. You can read more about this in the <link linkend="score-watch-ignore">Scoring, Watching and Ignoring</link> chapter.</para> +<para>The <guilabel>Score</guilabel> column is only shown if <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>General</guilabel><guilabel>Show article score</guilabel></menuchoice> is activated.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term><guilabel>Date</guilabel></term> +<listitem> +<para>The <guilabel>Date</guilabel> column shows the date and time when the article was written.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term><guilabel>Lines</guilabel></term> +<listitem> +<para>The <guilabel>Lines</guilabel> column shows the number of lines of the <glossterm>article</glossterm>; this column is only shown if <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>General</guilabel><guilabel>Show line count</guilabel></menuchoice> is activated.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +</variablelist> + +<sect4> +<title>The Symbols and Highlighting Used</title> + +<para>This is a short explanation of the different symbols for labelling articles.</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para><inlinemediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="greyball.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> -</inlinemediaobject -> Already-read articles are labelled with this symbol.</para -> -</listitem -> -<listitem -> -<para -> -<inlinemediaobject -> -<imageobject -> +</inlinemediaobject> Already-read articles are labelled with this symbol.</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +<inlinemediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="greyballchk.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> -</inlinemediaobject -> Articles labelled with this symbol are read and the body was fetched from the server.</para -> -</listitem -> -<listitem -> -<para -> -<inlinemediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="redball.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> </inlinemediaobject -> Articles labelled with this symbol are unread and the body has not yet been fetched.</para -> -</listitem -> -<listitem -> -<para -> -<inlinemediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="redballchk.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> </inlinemediaobject -> Articles labeled with this symbol are unread but the body has already been already fetched.</para -> -</listitem -> -<listitem -> -<para -> -<inlinemediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="newsubs.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> </inlinemediaobject -> Articles labelled with this symbol are part of a thread with new and/or unread articles in it.</para -> -</listitem -> -<listitem -> -<para -> -<inlinemediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="eyes.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> </inlinemediaobject -> Articles labelled with this symbol are parts of a guarded thread. This corresponds to a score of 100.</para -> -</listitem -> -</itemizedlist -> - -<para ->Besides different symbols, &knode; is using the following highlighting:</para> - -<variablelist -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Bold article subjects.</term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The article is new in this group; it was fetched during the last connection with the server.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Article subjects printed in grey.</term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->There are no unread follow-up articles.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -</variablelist -> -</sect4 -> - -<sect4 -> -<title ->Navigation in the Article View.</title -> - -<para ->You can navigate in articles, display an article and open or close threads with your mouse or keyboard.</para -> - -<para ->When you select an article with your mouse its entry in the the article view gets colored; at the same time the header and body of this article appear in in the article window. If you want to read another article you can use the mouse to select it, or you can use the cursor keys. If you use the cursor keys you can move the dashed frame to the article you want to read and then press <keycap ->Enter</keycap -> to mark and display the article.</para> - -<para ->There are many key commands to provide comfortable navigation within a news group and to switching between newsgroups. Here the most common key commands of the standard key configuration are listed; you can configure the key bindings in <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure Shortcuts</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->.</para -> - -<variablelist -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Toggle Subthreads <keycap ->T</keycap -> </term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->The replies to an article are either shown or hidden by multiply pressing this key; another way to open threads is to use the <keycap ->Right Arrow</keycap -> key.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Filter <keycap ->F6</keycap -></term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->A dialogue is shown where you can choose the filter for the articles.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Sort <keycap ->F7</keycap -> </term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->A dialogue is shown where you can change the sorting of the articles; if you choose a column for a second time it will change the sorting direction.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> +</inlinemediaobject> Articles labelled with this symbol are read and the body was fetched from the server.</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +<inlinemediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="redball.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> Articles labelled with this symbol are unread and the body has not yet been fetched.</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +<inlinemediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="redballchk.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> Articles labeled with this symbol are unread but the body has already been already fetched.</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +<inlinemediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="newsubs.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> Articles labelled with this symbol are part of a thread with new and/or unread articles in it.</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +<inlinemediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="eyes.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> Articles labelled with this symbol are parts of a guarded thread. This corresponds to a score of 100.</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>Besides different symbols, &knode; is using the following highlighting:</para> + +<variablelist> +<varlistentry> +<term>Bold article subjects.</term> +<listitem> +<para>The article is new in this group; it was fetched during the last connection with the server.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Article subjects printed in grey.</term> +<listitem> +<para>There are no unread follow-up articles.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +</variablelist> +</sect4> + +<sect4> +<title>Navigation in the Article View.</title> + +<para>You can navigate in articles, display an article and open or close threads with your mouse or keyboard.</para> + +<para>When you select an article with your mouse its entry in the the article view gets colored; at the same time the header and body of this article appear in in the article window. If you want to read another article you can use the mouse to select it, or you can use the cursor keys. If you use the cursor keys you can move the dashed frame to the article you want to read and then press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to mark and display the article.</para> + +<para>There are many key commands to provide comfortable navigation within a news group and to switching between newsgroups. Here the most common key commands of the standard key configuration are listed; you can configure the key bindings in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para> + +<variablelist> +<varlistentry> +<term>Toggle Subthreads <keycap>T</keycap> </term> +<listitem> +<para>The replies to an article are either shown or hidden by multiply pressing this key; another way to open threads is to use the <keycap>Right Arrow</keycap> key.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Filter <keycap>F6</keycap></term> +<listitem> +<para>A dialogue is shown where you can choose the filter for the articles.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Sort <keycap>F7</keycap> </term> +<listitem> +<para>A dialogue is shown where you can change the sorting of the articles; if you choose a column for a second time it will change the sorting direction.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> <varlistentry> -<term ->Browsing articles <keycap ->Space</keycap -></term> +<term>Browsing articles <keycap>Space</keycap></term> <listitem> -<para ->This key gives you a convenient possibility for browsing through the article view: by pressing this key the article in the article window is scrolled; when you reach the end of the article by repeatedly pressing <keycap ->Space</keycap ->, it takes you to the next article; when you have read all articles in one newsgroup, <keycap ->Space</keycap -> takes you to the first article of the next newsgroup. By repeatedly pressing <keycap ->Space</keycap -> you can browse through all subscribed newsgroups like this.</para> +<para>This key gives you a convenient possibility for browsing through the article view: by pressing this key the article in the article window is scrolled; when you reach the end of the article by repeatedly pressing <keycap>Space</keycap>, it takes you to the next article; when you have read all articles in one newsgroup, <keycap>Space</keycap> takes you to the first article of the next newsgroup. By repeatedly pressing <keycap>Space</keycap> you can browse through all subscribed newsgroups like this.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> -<term ->Next unread article <keycombo action="simul" ->&Alt;<keycap ->Space</keycap -></keycombo -> </term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This key binding jumps to the next unread article. The sequence follows the order of articles in the article view; threads are opened if necessary.</para> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> +<term>Next unread article <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;<keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> </term> +<listitem> +<para>This key binding jumps to the next unread article. The sequence follows the order of articles in the article view; threads are opened if necessary.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> <varlistentry> -<term ->Next unread thread <keycombo action="simul" ->&Ctrl;<keycap ->Space</keycap -></keycombo -> </term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This command jumps to the next thread containing unread articles: the first unread article is then selected and shown. The sequence follows the order of articles in the article view.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Next article <keycap ->N</keycap -> </term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This command jumps to the next article; the sequence follows the order of articles in the article view. Replies in closed threads are ignored.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Previous article <keycap ->B</keycap -></term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This command jumps to the previous article in the group; the sequence follows the order of articles in the article view. Replies in closed threads are ignored.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Next group <keycap -> +</keycap -> </term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This command jumps to the next newsgroup; the sequence follows the order of newsgroups in the folder view.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Previous group <keycap ->-</keycap -> </term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This command jumps to the previous newsgroup; the sequence follows the order of newsgroups in the folder view.</para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -</variablelist -> -</sect4 -> - -<sect4 -> -<title ->Sorting and Filtering of Articles</title -> - -<para ->Some newsgroups are very crowded and contain lots of articles; perhaps only some of them are interesting to you. One possibility to keep track of the news you are interested in is to sort your articles with a certain criterion.</para> - -<para ->Sorting your articles, and choosing sorting criteria, is done with the column titles in the article view: clicking on a column title makes it the current sorting criterion; another click on the same column title changes the order of sorting.</para> - -<tip -> -<para ->The current sorting criterion is indicated with an arrow next to the title; this gives you an easy sign which column is used for sorting, too. You have to make the column wide enough, though, so you can actually see the arrow; you can change the column width by moving the mouse pointer on the small area between two column titles: the pointer changes its appearance to two horizontal arrows; clicking and holding the &LMB; mouse button now allows you to change the width of the column to the left of the mouse pointer.</para> +<term>Next unread thread <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;<keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> </term> +<listitem> +<para>This command jumps to the next thread containing unread articles: the first unread article is then selected and shown. The sequence follows the order of articles in the article view.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Next article <keycap>N</keycap> </term> +<listitem> +<para>This command jumps to the next article; the sequence follows the order of articles in the article view. Replies in closed threads are ignored.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Previous article <keycap>B</keycap></term> +<listitem> +<para>This command jumps to the previous article in the group; the sequence follows the order of articles in the article view. Replies in closed threads are ignored.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Next group <keycap> +</keycap> </term> +<listitem> +<para>This command jumps to the next newsgroup; the sequence follows the order of newsgroups in the folder view.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Previous group <keycap>-</keycap> </term> +<listitem> +<para>This command jumps to the previous newsgroup; the sequence follows the order of newsgroups in the folder view.</para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +</variablelist> +</sect4> + +<sect4> +<title>Sorting and Filtering of Articles</title> + +<para>Some newsgroups are very crowded and contain lots of articles; perhaps only some of them are interesting to you. One possibility to keep track of the news you are interested in is to sort your articles with a certain criterion.</para> + +<para>Sorting your articles, and choosing sorting criteria, is done with the column titles in the article view: clicking on a column title makes it the current sorting criterion; another click on the same column title changes the order of sorting.</para> + +<tip> +<para>The current sorting criterion is indicated with an arrow next to the title; this gives you an easy sign which column is used for sorting, too. You have to make the column wide enough, though, so you can actually see the arrow; you can change the column width by moving the mouse pointer on the small area between two column titles: the pointer changes its appearance to two horizontal arrows; clicking and holding the &LMB; mouse button now allows you to change the width of the column to the left of the mouse pointer.</para> </tip> -<para ->&knode; gives you the possibility to reduce the flood of articles: you can show only articles fitting specific criteria; &knode; uses filters for this task. In the following paragraphs we are just dealing with the predefined filters; for defining and using your own filters please refer to the <link linkend="using-filters" ->Defining and using Filters</link -> chapter.</para> - -<para ->Normally you will read most articles only once, and then never again. &knode; labels the articles which are unread, but when there are more articles in a news group than can be shown by the article view you often have to search for unread articles: it would be much easier to see only the new fetched and unread articles; &knode; gives you this feature by the predefined filters.</para -> - -<para ->In the status line at the bottom border of your main window next to the word <guilabel ->Filter</guilabel -> the actually-active filter is shown: if you do not change the filter configuration this is the filter <guilabel ->all</guilabel ->; this means all articles of a newsgroup are shown. <guilabel ->all</guilabel -> is one of the predefined filters; there are eight of them in all, which are described in more detail here.</para -> - -<variablelist -> -<varlistentry -> -<term -> -<guilabel ->All</guilabel -> -</term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This filter is the default setting; it shows all articles in a newsgroup. You can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guisubmenu ->Filter</guisubmenu -><guimenuitem ->All</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -></para> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Unread</term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This filter shows only unread articles; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guisubmenu ->Filter</guisubmenu -><guimenuitem ->Unread</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -></para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->New</term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This filter shows only articles fetched during the last connection; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guisubmenu ->Filter</guisubmenu -><guimenuitem ->New</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -></para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Watched</term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This shows only threads chosen as watched threads by you; you may be watching a thread because, for example, you are participating in it, or because you are particularly interested in the answers. You can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guisubmenu ->Filter</guisubmenu -><guimenuitem ->Watched</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -></para -> - -<para ->This filter only shows something if have you selected one or more threads to watch; you can achieve this by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Article</guimenu -><guisubmenu ->Thread</guisubmenu -><guimenuitem ->Watch</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->: next to the subject a symbol will appear, showing a pair of eyes.</para> - -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Threads With Unread</term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This filter shows only threads containing unread articles; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guisubmenu ->Filter</guisubmenu -> <guimenuitem ->Threads With Unread</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -></para> - -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Threads With New</term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This filter shows only threads with newly-fetched articles; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guisubmenu ->Filter</guisubmenu -><guimenuitem ->Threads With New</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -></para -> -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Own articles</term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This filter only articles you have published; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guisubmenu ->Filter</guisubmenu -><guimenuitem ->Own Articles</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -></para -> - -</listitem -> -</varlistentry -> -<varlistentry -> -<term ->Threads With Own Articles</term -> -<listitem -> -<para ->This filter only shows threads containing articles you have published; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -> <guisubmenu ->Filter</guisubmenu -><guimenuitem ->Own Articles</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -></para> +<para>&knode; gives you the possibility to reduce the flood of articles: you can show only articles fitting specific criteria; &knode; uses filters for this task. In the following paragraphs we are just dealing with the predefined filters; for defining and using your own filters please refer to the <link linkend="using-filters">Defining and using Filters</link> chapter.</para> + +<para>Normally you will read most articles only once, and then never again. &knode; labels the articles which are unread, but when there are more articles in a news group than can be shown by the article view you often have to search for unread articles: it would be much easier to see only the new fetched and unread articles; &knode; gives you this feature by the predefined filters.</para> + +<para>In the status line at the bottom border of your main window next to the word <guilabel>Filter</guilabel> the actually-active filter is shown: if you do not change the filter configuration this is the filter <guilabel>all</guilabel>; this means all articles of a newsgroup are shown. <guilabel>all</guilabel> is one of the predefined filters; there are eight of them in all, which are described in more detail here.</para> + +<variablelist> +<varlistentry> +<term> +<guilabel>All</guilabel> +</term> +<listitem> +<para>This filter is the default setting; it shows all articles in a newsgroup. You can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Filter</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>All</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Unread</term> +<listitem> +<para>This filter shows only unread articles; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Filter</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Unread</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>New</term> +<listitem> +<para>This filter shows only articles fetched during the last connection; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Filter</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Watched</term> +<listitem> +<para>This shows only threads chosen as watched threads by you; you may be watching a thread because, for example, you are participating in it, or because you are particularly interested in the answers. You can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Filter</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Watched</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para> + +<para>This filter only shows something if have you selected one or more threads to watch; you can achieve this by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Article</guimenu><guisubmenu>Thread</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Watch</guimenuitem></menuchoice>: next to the subject a symbol will appear, showing a pair of eyes.</para> + +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Threads With Unread</term> +<listitem> +<para>This filter shows only threads containing unread articles; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Filter</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Threads With Unread</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para> + +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Threads With New</term> +<listitem> +<para>This filter shows only threads with newly-fetched articles; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Filter</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Threads With New</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para> +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Own articles</term> +<listitem> +<para>This filter only articles you have published; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Filter</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Own Articles</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para> + +</listitem> +</varlistentry> +<varlistentry> +<term>Threads With Own Articles</term> +<listitem> +<para>This filter only shows threads containing articles you have published; you can choose this filter by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Filter</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Own Articles</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para> </listitem> -</varlistentry -> -</variablelist -> - -<tip -> -<para ->For everyday use the <guilabel ->unread</guilabel -> filter is propably the most useful: it shows all unread articles, including the old ones. The other filters are very task-specific and are seldom used; in the end it is a matter of taste which filter to select.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect4 -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->The Article Window</title -> - -<para ->The article window shows the currently-selected article. You can scroll in it like in a normal text editor window; the difference is that you cannot change the article — it is for reading only.</para -> - -<para ->By pressing the &RMB; in the article viewer you can access the important functions in the context menu very quickly.</para -> - -<para ->The window itself is divided in three areas; they are explained in more detail now.</para -> - -<sect4 -> -<title ->The Header</title -> - -<para ->This part shows the header lines or a part of the header. You will recognize some information here from the article view; for example, the subject and the address or name where the article originated. When you click on the <guilabel ->From:</guilabel -> address, &knode; opens an editor window where the email address of the author and the subject of the referring article are already filled in for you; this enables you to reply to the author directly from their article.</para -> - -<para ->The appearance and content of the header shown by default can be configured by choosing <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configuring KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->Headers</guilabel -></menuchoice ->; you can find a more-detailed view on this in <link linkend="anc-knode-headers" ->Configuring the Shown Headers</link ->.</para -> - -<para ->By selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->View</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Show all headers</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> you force &knode; to show the whole header as is produced by the newsreader and newsservers; normally you do not need this view: it needs a lot of space in the article window.</para> - -<para ->The last lines of the header contain, if necessary, some references to other articles, shown as numbers in the range from 1 to n. These References are the articles to which the current article refers: the article labeled with 1 is the oldest article to which this article refers; the article with the highest number is the most-recent article to which the current article refers.</para> - -<para ->When you click on a reference the corresponding article is loaded and shown in the article view; if the article is no longer available you will be informed by &knode;. This will happen if the article has been deleted by the article management of &knode; due to its age, or your news server decided to delete it from the newsgroup; for details on how to get such an article, please refer to the <link linkend="faq" ->Frequently Asked Questions</link ->.</para -> - -<tip -> -<para ->The first lines in an article, with the subject and author information and so on, are called <glossterm ->headers</glossterm ->.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect4 -> - -<sect4 -> -<title ->The Body of the Article</title -> - -<para ->The body of the article follows straight after the header; it is the actual message the author published in the newsgroup. Be aware that some articles may contain quotes from other articles which are not recognisable as quotes; this depends on the news editor the author used and their article-formatting habits.</para -> - -<para ->&knode; provides some formatting which can be used by articles; at the moment the available options are:</para> +</varlistentry> +</variablelist> + +<tip> +<para>For everyday use the <guilabel>unread</guilabel> filter is propably the most useful: it shows all unread articles, including the old ones. The other filters are very task-specific and are seldom used; in the end it is a matter of taste which filter to select.</para> +</tip> +</sect4> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>The Article Window</title> + +<para>The article window shows the currently-selected article. You can scroll in it like in a normal text editor window; the difference is that you cannot change the article — it is for reading only.</para> + +<para>By pressing the &RMB; in the article viewer you can access the important functions in the context menu very quickly.</para> + +<para>The window itself is divided in three areas; they are explained in more detail now.</para> + +<sect4> +<title>The Header</title> + +<para>This part shows the header lines or a part of the header. You will recognize some information here from the article view; for example, the subject and the address or name where the article originated. When you click on the <guilabel>From:</guilabel> address, &knode; opens an editor window where the email address of the author and the subject of the referring article are already filled in for you; this enables you to reply to the author directly from their article.</para> + +<para>The appearance and content of the header shown by default can be configured by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configuring KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>Headers</guilabel></menuchoice>; you can find a more-detailed view on this in <link linkend="anc-knode-headers">Configuring the Shown Headers</link>.</para> + +<para>By selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show all headers</guimenuitem></menuchoice> you force &knode; to show the whole header as is produced by the newsreader and newsservers; normally you do not need this view: it needs a lot of space in the article window.</para> + +<para>The last lines of the header contain, if necessary, some references to other articles, shown as numbers in the range from 1 to n. These References are the articles to which the current article refers: the article labeled with 1 is the oldest article to which this article refers; the article with the highest number is the most-recent article to which the current article refers.</para> + +<para>When you click on a reference the corresponding article is loaded and shown in the article view; if the article is no longer available you will be informed by &knode;. This will happen if the article has been deleted by the article management of &knode; due to its age, or your news server decided to delete it from the newsgroup; for details on how to get such an article, please refer to the <link linkend="faq">Frequently Asked Questions</link>.</para> + +<tip> +<para>The first lines in an article, with the subject and author information and so on, are called <glossterm>headers</glossterm>.</para> +</tip> +</sect4> + +<sect4> +<title>The Body of the Article</title> + +<para>The body of the article follows straight after the header; it is the actual message the author published in the newsgroup. Be aware that some articles may contain quotes from other articles which are not recognisable as quotes; this depends on the news editor the author used and their article-formatting habits.</para> + +<para>&knode; provides some formatting which can be used by articles; at the moment the available options are:</para> <simplelist> -<member ->/italic/</member -> -<member ->*bold*</member -> -<member ->_underlined_</member -> -</simplelist -> - -<para ->Do not use the highlighting too often; the impact decreases the more it is used.</para -> - -<tip -> -<para ->The main part of the message (the contents) is called the <glossterm ->body</glossterm ->.</para -> -</tip -> - -<para ->Most of the time a quote is indicated by a prefixed > on every line; however, there are other possible signs. If you can not directly recognize a quote the author did not obey the rules of proper quoting.</para -> - -<para ->Also, it is usual to start an answer with a introductionary line, something like:</para> - -<informalexample -> -<para ->On 12/25/2000 Santa Claus wrote:</para -> -</informalexample -> - -<tip -> -<para ->Normally you do not have to concern yourself with these introductionary lines: &knode; does this automatically when you reply to an article; to find out how to customize this line see <link linkend="knode-composer-settings" ->The Composer Settings</link -> documentation. </para -> -</tip -> - -<para ->In <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->Appearance</guilabel -></menuchoice -> you can choose how the articles are shown. In particular, &knode; provides the smart coloring of different reply levels; you can read more about this in the chapter <link linkend="knode-appearance" ->Configuring the appearance</link ->.</para -> - -<caution -> -<para ->&knode; only supports the colouring of quotes if the quoting lines starts with special characters; you can configure these characters at <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->Viewer</guilabel -></menuchoice ->.</para> -</caution -> - -<para ->When the body of an article contains links to internet addresses you can invoke an internet browser to display the web page it links to by clicking on the link; details about configuring this feature can be found in <link linkend="setting-news-general" ->General news settings</link ->.</para> - -</sect4 -> - -<sect4 -> -<title ->The Signature</title -> - -<para ->Below the main text of an article you can find the signature of the author, provided you did not disable signatures in <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->General</guilabel -></menuchoice ->. The signature is divided from the text by thin horizontal line.</para -> -</sect4 -> +<member>/italic/</member> +<member>*bold*</member> +<member>_underlined_</member> +</simplelist> + +<para>Do not use the highlighting too often; the impact decreases the more it is used.</para> + +<tip> +<para>The main part of the message (the contents) is called the <glossterm>body</glossterm>.</para> +</tip> + +<para>Most of the time a quote is indicated by a prefixed > on every line; however, there are other possible signs. If you can not directly recognize a quote the author did not obey the rules of proper quoting.</para> + +<para>Also, it is usual to start an answer with a introductionary line, something like:</para> + +<informalexample> +<para>On 12/25/2000 Santa Claus wrote:</para> +</informalexample> + +<tip> +<para>Normally you do not have to concern yourself with these introductionary lines: &knode; does this automatically when you reply to an article; to find out how to customize this line see <link linkend="knode-composer-settings">The Composer Settings</link> documentation. </para> +</tip> + +<para>In <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>Appearance</guilabel></menuchoice> you can choose how the articles are shown. In particular, &knode; provides the smart coloring of different reply levels; you can read more about this in the chapter <link linkend="knode-appearance">Configuring the appearance</link>.</para> + +<caution> +<para>&knode; only supports the colouring of quotes if the quoting lines starts with special characters; you can configure these characters at <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>Viewer</guilabel></menuchoice>.</para> +</caution> + +<para>When the body of an article contains links to internet addresses you can invoke an internet browser to display the web page it links to by clicking on the link; details about configuring this feature can be found in <link linkend="setting-news-general">General news settings</link>.</para> + +</sect4> + +<sect4> +<title>The Signature</title> + +<para>Below the main text of an article you can find the signature of the author, provided you did not disable signatures in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>General</guilabel></menuchoice>. The signature is divided from the text by thin horizontal line.</para> +</sect4> <sect4> -<title ->Attachments and Multipart <acronym ->MIME</acronym -> messages</title -> - -<para ->If an article contains attachments they are shown below the signature in a table.</para -> - -<para ->The multipart <acronym ->MIME</acronym -> format allows the body of an article to be sent in more than one format; for example, in plain-text and in <acronym ->HTML</acronym ->. It depends on the newsreader which format is used for reading the article.</para -> - -<para ->&knode; allows the different formats to be shown by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->Viewer</guilabel -><guilabel ->Show alternative contents as attachments</guilabel -></menuchoice ->; when this option is checked all alternative formats are shown as attachments and can be opened and viewed.</para -> - -<para ->If this option is unchecked you will not be shown the different text formats and &knode; decides which one should be shown.</para> - -</sect4 -> -</sect3 -> -</sect2 -> - -<sect2 id="post-and-mail-news" -> -<title ->Writing and Replying to Articles</title -> - -<para ->Before you start writing articles or replying to other Usenet users be sure you understand the habits of the current newsgroup; again, reading <link linkend="knode-journey" ->A Journey Through Usenet</link -> would be a good idea.</para> - -<para ->For testing the settings of &knode; please resist sending an article to a random newsgroup; it is not very friendly to bother people with test articles: what if you are subscribed to a newsgroup and half of its articles only contain the word <quote ->test</quote ->? It is like somebody calling you just to testing their phone.</para -> - -<para ->This is the reason for the special groups having <quote ->test</quote -> in their name; for example, <emphasis ->alt.test</emphasis ->. In these groups you can test everything you want without bothering anybody; some groups even send you error messages back.</para -> - -<para ->Here you can easily identify obvious mistakes, like a missing or a wrong e-mail address or a wrongly-configured charset which doesn't show all special characters.</para -> - -<para ->You can find a selection of test groups in <link linkend="infos-testgroups" ->Test Groups</link ->.</para -> - -<para ->Subscribe to one of the test groups now; some news servers have their own test groups, which are probably less crowded.</para> +<title>Attachments and Multipart <acronym>MIME</acronym> messages</title> + +<para>If an article contains attachments they are shown below the signature in a table.</para> + +<para>The multipart <acronym>MIME</acronym> format allows the body of an article to be sent in more than one format; for example, in plain-text and in <acronym>HTML</acronym>. It depends on the newsreader which format is used for reading the article.</para> + +<para>&knode; allows the different formats to be shown by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>Viewer</guilabel><guilabel>Show alternative contents as attachments</guilabel></menuchoice>; when this option is checked all alternative formats are shown as attachments and can be opened and viewed.</para> + +<para>If this option is unchecked you will not be shown the different text formats and &knode; decides which one should be shown.</para> + +</sect4> +</sect3> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="post-and-mail-news"> +<title>Writing and Replying to Articles</title> + +<para>Before you start writing articles or replying to other Usenet users be sure you understand the habits of the current newsgroup; again, reading <link linkend="knode-journey">A Journey Through Usenet</link> would be a good idea.</para> + +<para>For testing the settings of &knode; please resist sending an article to a random newsgroup; it is not very friendly to bother people with test articles: what if you are subscribed to a newsgroup and half of its articles only contain the word <quote>test</quote>? It is like somebody calling you just to testing their phone.</para> + +<para>This is the reason for the special groups having <quote>test</quote> in their name; for example, <emphasis>alt.test</emphasis>. In these groups you can test everything you want without bothering anybody; some groups even send you error messages back.</para> + +<para>Here you can easily identify obvious mistakes, like a missing or a wrong e-mail address or a wrongly-configured charset which doesn't show all special characters.</para> + +<para>You can find a selection of test groups in <link linkend="infos-testgroups">Test Groups</link>.</para> + +<para>Subscribe to one of the test groups now; some news servers have their own test groups, which are probably less crowded.</para> -<tip -> -<para ->Remember, you have to download the articles of the new subscribed group; this may take some time if there are many articles in the group. The only important articles are yours and the answers by the check handler; if you want to reduce the number of articles fetched during the test you can configure this in <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guilabel ->Configure KNode...</guilabel -><guilabel ->Reading News</guilabel -><guilabel ->General</guilabel -><guilabel ->Maximal number of articles to fetch</guilabel -></menuchoice ->: if you reduce this dramatically, you should not wait too long to fetch the new articles after sending your test article; however, if it set too low your article might not be fetched. A tolerably-fast news server should provide your article right after you sent it; you might, however, have to wait a while, at worst 1 or 2 days. Feel free to send another article if cannot see your initial one; this is what the test groups are for.</para -> -</tip -> +<tip> +<para>Remember, you have to download the articles of the new subscribed group; this may take some time if there are many articles in the group. The only important articles are yours and the answers by the check handler; if you want to reduce the number of articles fetched during the test you can configure this in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guilabel>Configure KNode...</guilabel><guilabel>Reading News</guilabel><guilabel>General</guilabel><guilabel>Maximal number of articles to fetch</guilabel></menuchoice>: if you reduce this dramatically, you should not wait too long to fetch the new articles after sending your test article; however, if it set too low your article might not be fetched. A tolerably-fast news server should provide your article right after you sent it; you might, however, have to wait a while, at worst 1 or 2 days. Feel free to send another article if cannot see your initial one; this is what the test groups are for.</para> +</tip> <caution> -<para ->When you are using a local news server the configuration of <guilabel ->Maximal number of articles to fetch</guilabel -> in &knode; is probably unnecessary; you should consult the documentation of your news server instead.</para -> +<para>When you are using a local news server the configuration of <guilabel>Maximal number of articles to fetch</guilabel> in &knode; is probably unnecessary; you should consult the documentation of your news server instead.</para> </caution> -<para ->If you did not encounter any errors unsubscribe from the test groups and set <guilabel ->Maximum number of articles to fetch</guilabel -> back to normal (1000).</para -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Publishing Articles</title -> - -<para ->You have seen most of &knode; now, but have only used it passively so far, so let's publish a test article now. Select the new subscribed test group in the folder view; then, with <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Article</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Post to newsgroup...</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->or the key <keycap ->P</keycap ->, the Editor will be opened.</para -> - -<para ->You can use the &knode; Editor like a normal Texteditor; there are some additional features for writing news articles though.</para -> - -<para ->In the editor window there are two input lines: one for the subject, which is empty at the moment; and another for the newsgroups this article is going to be posted to.</para -> - -<para ->Enter the text <userinput ->This is a test</userinput -> in the subject field.</para -> - -<tip -> -<para ->Normally, when you post an article, use a descriptive subject. Articles without a descriptive subject are often ignored. Avoid subjects like <quote ->Help, it doesn't work !!!!!</quote -> This subject gives no information about the content of your article.</para -> -</tip -> - -<para ->The <guilabel ->Groups:</guilabel -> field already contains the test newsgroup you selected before; do not change this.</para -> - -<para ->Below the input field for the <glossterm ->newsgroup</glossterm -> there is another inactive option field: this function is explained later in the chapter <link linkend="knode-editor-advanced" ->The editor</link ->; for now it is irrelevant.</para -> - -<para ->For simplicity reasons we will only use a simple sentence; type:</para> +<para>If you did not encounter any errors unsubscribe from the test groups and set <guilabel>Maximum number of articles to fetch</guilabel> back to normal (1000).</para> + +<sect3> +<title>Publishing Articles</title> + +<para>You have seen most of &knode; now, but have only used it passively so far, so let's publish a test article now. Select the new subscribed test group in the folder view; then, with <menuchoice><guimenu>Article</guimenu><guimenuitem>Post to newsgroup...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>or the key <keycap>P</keycap>, the Editor will be opened.</para> + +<para>You can use the &knode; Editor like a normal Texteditor; there are some additional features for writing news articles though.</para> + +<para>In the editor window there are two input lines: one for the subject, which is empty at the moment; and another for the newsgroups this article is going to be posted to.</para> + +<para>Enter the text <userinput>This is a test</userinput> in the subject field.</para> + +<tip> +<para>Normally, when you post an article, use a descriptive subject. Articles without a descriptive subject are often ignored. Avoid subjects like <quote>Help, it doesn't work !!!!!</quote> This subject gives no information about the content of your article.</para> +</tip> + +<para>The <guilabel>Groups:</guilabel> field already contains the test newsgroup you selected before; do not change this.</para> + +<para>Below the input field for the <glossterm>newsgroup</glossterm> there is another inactive option field: this function is explained later in the chapter <link linkend="knode-editor-advanced">The editor</link>; for now it is irrelevant.</para> + +<para>For simplicity reasons we will only use a simple sentence; type:</para> -<screen -><userinput ->This is the body of my test article. @ $ %</userinput -> -</screen -> - -<para ->Then, enter an empty line, followed by:</para> +<screen><userinput>This is the body of my test article. @ $ %</userinput> +</screen> + +<para>Then, enter an empty line, followed by:</para> -<screen -><userinput ->Did it work?</userinput -> -</screen -> - -<para ->This may look funny to you, but it does what it is supposed to do — test your configuration..</para -> - -<para ->Your article should now look like the screenshot below:</para -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->Your first article</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-new-article.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->Your first article</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->Your first article</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<para ->If you are using &knode; with a local newsserver choose <menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Send Now</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> in the Editor; if you do not have a connection to a newsserver at this point, you may want to send the article later — you can achieve this by using <menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Send Later</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> — &knode; then stores this article in the folder <guilabel ->Outbox</guilabel ->. You can start sending the articles in the <guilabel ->Outbox</guilabel -> manually by selecting <menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Send pending messages</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->.</para -> - -<para ->After sending the article you will notice &knode; stores a copy in the <guilabel ->Sent</guilabel -> folder.</para -> - -<para ->Depending on how fast your article is published in the according newsgroup you can check the result after some time: mostly it is sufficient to check for new messages immediately after sending the article; be patient, though, it <emphasis ->may</emphasis -> take the article some hours before reaching the newsgroup. If the article does not arrive after a number of hours it is likely that something went wrong: try again; then, if it is still not working, have a look at the <link linkend="faq" ->Frequently Asked Questions</link ->.</para -> - -<important -> -<para ->Even when you are using a local news server, you have to check for new articles: the local news server just sends the article, it does not store it in the local newsgroup, so you have to synchronize with an external news server if you want to see if your test article has arrived.</para -> -</important -> - -<para ->If the <glossterm ->article</glossterm -> appears in the newsgroup you are successful; now you should check if there is the correct sender and if the article is readable. Have a look on your language-specific characters like the German umlauts; if they are not readable you have to change the coding at <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Posting News</guilabel -><guilabel ->Technical</guilabel -></menuchoice ->to <guilabel ->Allow 8-bit</guilabel ->. Change this and repeat your test.</para -> - -<para ->If everything is right you have successfully published your first article in usenet with &knode;.</para -> - -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Post Reply</title -> - -<para ->After successfully publishing an article we will now answer to your own article. You want to answer the question you asked, don't you?</para -> - -<para ->Select your article in the article view and press the &RMB;: a context menu will appear; choose <guimenuitem ->Followup to newsgroup</guimenuitem ->.</para -> - -<para ->&knode; opens the Editor again, but this time there is already a subject filled in for you. The subject line reads:</para> +<screen><userinput>Did it work?</userinput> +</screen> + +<para>This may look funny to you, but it does what it is supposed to do — test your configuration..</para> + +<para>Your article should now look like the screenshot below:</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>Your first article</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-new-article.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>Your first article</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>Your first article</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<para>If you are using &knode; with a local newsserver choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send Now</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the Editor; if you do not have a connection to a newsserver at this point, you may want to send the article later — you can achieve this by using <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send Later</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — &knode; then stores this article in the folder <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>. You can start sending the articles in the <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel> manually by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send pending messages</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para> + +<para>After sending the article you will notice &knode; stores a copy in the <guilabel>Sent</guilabel> folder.</para> + +<para>Depending on how fast your article is published in the according newsgroup you can check the result after some time: mostly it is sufficient to check for new messages immediately after sending the article; be patient, though, it <emphasis>may</emphasis> take the article some hours before reaching the newsgroup. If the article does not arrive after a number of hours it is likely that something went wrong: try again; then, if it is still not working, have a look at the <link linkend="faq">Frequently Asked Questions</link>.</para> + +<important> +<para>Even when you are using a local news server, you have to check for new articles: the local news server just sends the article, it does not store it in the local newsgroup, so you have to synchronize with an external news server if you want to see if your test article has arrived.</para> +</important> + +<para>If the <glossterm>article</glossterm> appears in the newsgroup you are successful; now you should check if there is the correct sender and if the article is readable. Have a look on your language-specific characters like the German umlauts; if they are not readable you have to change the coding at <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Posting News</guilabel><guilabel>Technical</guilabel></menuchoice>to <guilabel>Allow 8-bit</guilabel>. Change this and repeat your test.</para> + +<para>If everything is right you have successfully published your first article in usenet with &knode;.</para> + +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>Post Reply</title> + +<para>After successfully publishing an article we will now answer to your own article. You want to answer the question you asked, don't you?</para> + +<para>Select your article in the article view and press the &RMB;: a context menu will appear; choose <guimenuitem>Followup to newsgroup</guimenuitem>.</para> + +<para>&knode; opens the Editor again, but this time there is already a subject filled in for you. The subject line reads:</para> -<screen -><computeroutput ->Re: This is a test</computeroutput -> -</screen -> - -<para -><emphasis ->Re:</emphasis -> is a shortcut for the Latin <quote ->In re</quote ->, which translates to something along the lines of <quote ->relating to</quote ->. You should not change the subject and, above all, the <emphasis ->Re:</emphasis ->: most newsreaders sort threads by the subject.</para -> - -<tip -> -<para ->If you want to change the subject for some reason put the new subject in front of the old and replace the Re: with a bracketed (Was: ... ); in our example this would look like </para> - -<informalexample -> -<para ->A new subject! (Was: This is a test)</para -> -</informalexample -> - -<para ->With this kind of subject you show the other readers there is a branch in the original discussion; this happens, for example, when a new topic occurs in the original discussion or the original subject has changed for some reason.</para -> - -<para ->If you answer to an article with such a subject, delete the bracketed part of the subject; the first part with a prefixed <emphasis ->Re:</emphasis -> remains.</para> +<screen><computeroutput>Re: This is a test</computeroutput> +</screen> + +<para><emphasis>Re:</emphasis> is a shortcut for the Latin <quote>In re</quote>, which translates to something along the lines of <quote>relating to</quote>. You should not change the subject and, above all, the <emphasis>Re:</emphasis>: most newsreaders sort threads by the subject.</para> + +<tip> +<para>If you want to change the subject for some reason put the new subject in front of the old and replace the Re: with a bracketed (Was: ... ); in our example this would look like </para> + +<informalexample> +<para>A new subject! (Was: This is a test)</para> +</informalexample> + +<para>With this kind of subject you show the other readers there is a branch in the original discussion; this happens, for example, when a new topic occurs in the original discussion or the original subject has changed for some reason.</para> + +<para>If you answer to an article with such a subject, delete the bracketed part of the subject; the first part with a prefixed <emphasis>Re:</emphasis> remains.</para> <informalexample> -<para ->Re: A new subject!</para> -</informalexample -> -</tip -> - -<para ->Let us have look at the Editor now. The contents of the article to which we want to reply has already been copied to the Editor by &knode;; to indicate the text is a quote every line is prefixed with a <emphasis ->></emphasis ->.</para -> - -<para ->In front of the quoted text &knode; has put an introduction line: the content of this line refers to the original author; you can change the standard text of this line in <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Posting News</guilabel -><guilabel ->Composer</guilabel -><guilabel ->Introduction Phrase:</guilabel -></menuchoice ->.</para -> - -<para ->The original article contains the question: <emphasis ->Did it work?</emphasis -> We want to answer this question now.</para> - -<para ->Place the cursor below the quoted question and write in the next line:</para> +<para>Re: A new subject!</para> +</informalexample> +</tip> + +<para>Let us have look at the Editor now. The contents of the article to which we want to reply has already been copied to the Editor by &knode;; to indicate the text is a quote every line is prefixed with a <emphasis>></emphasis>.</para> + +<para>In front of the quoted text &knode; has put an introduction line: the content of this line refers to the original author; you can change the standard text of this line in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Posting News</guilabel><guilabel>Composer</guilabel><guilabel>Introduction Phrase:</guilabel></menuchoice>.</para> + +<para>The original article contains the question: <emphasis>Did it work?</emphasis> We want to answer this question now.</para> + +<para>Place the cursor below the quoted question and write in the next line:</para> -<screen -><userinput ->Yes it worked, congratulations!</userinput -> -</screen -> - -<para ->We are not finished yet: it is considered polite to begin with a greeting like <quote ->Hello</quote -> in the first line; whether you call the author by their name or not depends on your habits, watch the newsgroup to get used to the habits there.</para -> - -<para ->Next we delete all non-mandatory parts of the quoted article; in our case, we delete all parts except the question.</para -> - -<para ->With such a short text this is unnecessary, but this just an example: if you have to read a message 100 lines long again just to find an <citation ->I agree</citation -> at the end you will understand.... Aside from this, it makes articles smaller so they use less space on the server.</para -> - -<para ->At the end we say good bye.</para -> - -<para ->This screenshot shows our answer before sending it.</para> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->Your answer to your article</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-followup.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->Your answer to your article</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->Your answer to your article</para -> -</caption -> -</mediaobject -> -</screenshot -> - -<tip -> -<para ->You can find a good guide for correct quoting at <ulink url="http://www.afaik.de/usenet/faq/zitieren" ->http://www.afaik.de/usenet/faq/zitieren</ulink -> (German).</para -> -</tip -> - -<para ->Now we still need to post our reply; like posting the original message choose <menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Send now</guimenuitem -></menuchoice -> or the alternative <menuchoice -><guimenu ->File</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Send later</guimenuitem -></menuchoice ->, if you're not online at the moment and you're not using a local newsserver. If everything works you will see your article in the newsgroup after a while; easy, isn't it?</para> +<screen><userinput>Yes it worked, congratulations!</userinput> +</screen> + +<para>We are not finished yet: it is considered polite to begin with a greeting like <quote>Hello</quote> in the first line; whether you call the author by their name or not depends on your habits, watch the newsgroup to get used to the habits there.</para> + +<para>Next we delete all non-mandatory parts of the quoted article; in our case, we delete all parts except the question.</para> + +<para>With such a short text this is unnecessary, but this just an example: if you have to read a message 100 lines long again just to find an <citation>I agree</citation> at the end you will understand.... Aside from this, it makes articles smaller so they use less space on the server.</para> + +<para>At the end we say good bye.</para> + +<para>This screenshot shows our answer before sending it.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>Your answer to your article</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-followup.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>Your answer to your article</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>Your answer to your article</para> +</caption> +</mediaobject> +</screenshot> + +<tip> +<para>You can find a good guide for correct quoting at <ulink url="http://www.afaik.de/usenet/faq/zitieren">http://www.afaik.de/usenet/faq/zitieren</ulink> (German).</para> +</tip> + +<para>Now we still need to post our reply; like posting the original message choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send now</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or the alternative <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Send later</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, if you're not online at the moment and you're not using a local newsserver. If everything works you will see your article in the newsgroup after a while; easy, isn't it?</para> -<tip -> -<para ->Using the <guimenu ->Options</guimenu -> menu you can configure whether you want to send an email, a news article or both.</para> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> - -<sect3 -> -<title ->Mail Reply</title -> - -<para ->The Mail Reply follows the same lines as posting a reply in a newsgroup; the only difference is that a mail reply is sent directly to the author and does not appear in any newsgroup.</para -> - -<para ->Sometimes it is better to use an emailed reply instead of posting a reply to newsgroup; they are used primarily for when you want to correct an error or misconduct by the author, without hurting their feelings by doing so publicly on the newsgroup.</para -> - -<para ->To answer with an e-mail select your article; again, open the context menu with the right mouse button; and choose <guimenuitem ->Reply by Email</guimenuitem ->: &knode; opens the Composer with the quoted article.</para -> - -<para ->Subject and body are identical as when posting an article but the <guilabel ->Groups:</guilabel -> field is replaced by a <guilabel ->To:</guilabel -> field; here the author's email address appears. In our example this should be your own email address, if &knode; is set up correctly.</para -> - -<para ->For emails the same rules for quoting and politeness apply as for posting an article in a newsgroup.</para -> - -<para ->After finishing your Reply, you can send it.</para -> - -<para ->The screenshot below shows the reply we distributed by email.</para -> - -<screenshot -> -<screeninfo ->A Mail Reply</screeninfo -> -<mediaobject -> -<imageobject -> -<imagedata fileref="knode-reply.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject -> -<textobject -> -<phrase ->A Mail Reply</phrase -> -</textobject -> -<caption -> -<para ->A Mail Reply</para -> +<tip> +<para>Using the <guimenu>Options</guimenu> menu you can configure whether you want to send an email, a news article or both.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> + +<sect3> +<title>Mail Reply</title> + +<para>The Mail Reply follows the same lines as posting a reply in a newsgroup; the only difference is that a mail reply is sent directly to the author and does not appear in any newsgroup.</para> + +<para>Sometimes it is better to use an emailed reply instead of posting a reply to newsgroup; they are used primarily for when you want to correct an error or misconduct by the author, without hurting their feelings by doing so publicly on the newsgroup.</para> + +<para>To answer with an e-mail select your article; again, open the context menu with the right mouse button; and choose <guimenuitem>Reply by Email</guimenuitem>: &knode; opens the Composer with the quoted article.</para> + +<para>Subject and body are identical as when posting an article but the <guilabel>Groups:</guilabel> field is replaced by a <guilabel>To:</guilabel> field; here the author's email address appears. In our example this should be your own email address, if &knode; is set up correctly.</para> + +<para>For emails the same rules for quoting and politeness apply as for posting an article in a newsgroup.</para> + +<para>After finishing your Reply, you can send it.</para> + +<para>The screenshot below shows the reply we distributed by email.</para> + +<screenshot> +<screeninfo>A Mail Reply</screeninfo> +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> +<imagedata fileref="knode-reply.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> +<textobject> +<phrase>A Mail Reply</phrase> +</textobject> +<caption> +<para>A Mail Reply</para> </caption> </mediaobject> </screenshot> <important> -<para ->The Mail Reply only works if you have used the correct settings in <menuchoice -><guimenu ->Settings</guimenu -><guimenuitem ->Configure KNode...</guimenuitem -><guilabel ->Accounts</guilabel -><guilabel ->Mail</guilabel -></menuchoice ->.</para> +<para>The Mail Reply only works if you have used the correct settings in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure KNode...</guimenuitem><guilabel>Accounts</guilabel><guilabel>Mail</guilabel></menuchoice>.</para> -<para ->Depending on the configuration of your computer, you will find the reply in your mailbox; you might have to connect to your <acronym ->ISP</acronym -> and fetch your new mail first though.</para> -</important -> - -<tip -> -<para ->On the <guimenu ->Options</guimenu -> menu you can configure whether you want to send an email, a news article or both.</para -> -</tip -> -</sect3 -> +<para>Depending on the configuration of your computer, you will find the reply in your mailbox; you might have to connect to your <acronym>ISP</acronym> and fetch your new mail first though.</para> +</important> + +<tip> +<para>On the <guimenu>Options</guimenu> menu you can configure whether you want to send an email, a news article or both.</para> +</tip> +</sect3> </sect2> -</sect1 -> +</sect1> |